ILOKANO FAMILIARIZATION COURSE

INTRODUCTION

REPUBLIC OF THE PHILIPPINES

Geography

The Republic of the Philippines lies north of the equator, at approximately the 25th degree of latitude. It is composed of 7,107 islands, comprising a total area of 296,912 square kilometers, approximately the size of the state of Arizona only the islands are spread over a larger territory. It is bounded by the China Sea to the west, the Pacific Ocean to the east, the Celebes Sea to the south, and the

Balintang Channel to the north. The Philippines’ largest cities are Manila, Quezon City, Davao, and Cebu. 1

2

The Philippines can be roughly divided into three main islands: Luzon, the Visayas, and Mindanao. Luzon is the largest and most populous island in the archipelago. Metro Manila, which is home to over ten million Filipinos, is located there. With its strategic marine location, Manila contains one of the best harbors in the Philippines and is considered the most logical location for the national government and the center of commerce. Quezon City is the capital of the Philippines and Baguio City is the officially designated summer capital. One of the largest and most contemporary city networks in Asia, Metro Manila contains ten cities: Coloocan, Las Pinas, Makati, Malabon, Manila, Muntinlupa, Paranaque, Pasay, Quezon, and San Juan. Mountain ranges separate provinces both inland and along the coasts. The Cordillera mountain ranges run through Luzon, demonstrating sharp contrast with the green foothills and coastal plains. Many islands are mountainous and there is potential for volcanic and earthquake activity throughout the country. In 1991, Mt. Pinatubo, dormant for 600 years, erupted violently and buried entire villages, destroyed agricultural lands and schools, and almost completely covered U.S. Clark Air Base with lava and ash. Global weather patterns were affected by this eruption throughout 1993. The Philippines has one of the worst killer volcanoes in the world, the Taal Volcano. Geologists call this volcano “Small but Terrible” because it has already killed thousands of inhabitants. The Philippines is included in the Pacific Ring of Fire. In fact, the Philippines has more than 200 volcanoes although only 21 are still considered active.

3

Climate

The Philippines’ climate is composed of a rainy season and a dry season. The rainy season spans from June through October. Strong winds from the Pacific Ocean and the China Sea bring heavy rain to the country almost daily which can cause severe flooding. The strongest rains occur in the central and western parts of the country. Rainy season is also known as typhoon season bringing as many as 15 typhoons to the country each year. Typhoons, usually originating out of the Pacific

Ocean, contain destructive winds and torrential rains. As typhoons make landfall and move across the country, they can destroy crops and sink boats. Starting in either December or January, skies usually become clear and the dry season begins. Temperatures become extremely hot, usually by April or May, and the people become anxious again for rain. Mindanao is the only island in the country that has even rainfall throughout the year. The lowlands are consistently hot and humid throughout the year. In contrast, the mountains can be quite cool, particularly at night. Population

The Philippines has a population of over 80 million people. Its population growth rate has been estimated at 2.71 per annum, the highest growth rate in Asia. The population can be divided into three religious groups: Christians, Muslims, and indigenous Animists. Over 90 percent of the population is Christian, the majority of which are farmers and fishermen. The Tagalogs are a group who live in southern and central Luzon. Visayan speaking groups predominate in the Central Philippines. Migrants from Luzon and the Visayas have established settlements in Mindanao. Muslim Filipinos sometimes called Moros, live in Mindanao and the Sulu Archipelago. Other Muslims such as

the Tausog, Samal, Maguindanao, and the Maranao live either by the sea or on the flood plains. The indigenous Animists inhabit the less accessible parts of the country and are made up of several groups. There are the sturdy groups of the Cordillera Mountains, such as the Ifugao and Kalinga; the reserved group called Aeta, who live in the mountains and seaside caves; and the T’boli, who live in the Mindanao fields; the Mangyan from Mindoro.

4

Apart from the indigenous people, very few Filipinos can claim pure ethnic descent. Most have inherited Chinese, Indian, Spanish, and Japanese genes from their ancestors. Intermarriages are common, and the offspring of these marriages are called mestizos. The Philippines has a rich cultural heritage. Although Philippine culture displays an Asian character, it also reveals a strikingly western appearance. A high percentage of Filipinos speak English, embrace Christianity, and vote for a democratic government. They are naturally friendly, hospitable, and

united despite their diverse origins from 77 ethno-linguistic groups. Government The Republic of the Philippines has 76 provinces, which are divided into municipalities. The central government is led by the president. Congress consists of a 200-seat House of Representatives and a 24-seat Senate. Most government offices are in Quezon City, the capital named after Manuel Quezon, the first president of the country when it became a U.S. commonwealth in 1935. The voting age is 15 for local elections and 18 for national elections. There are two major political parties, the Liberal and the Nationalista. Economy The Philippines’ economy is based on agriculture, which employs 45 percent of the labor force and accounts for about one-third of all exports. The most important crops include rice, corn, coconut, sugar cane, abaca, and tobacco. In addition to agricultural products, the country exports electronics, clothing, minerals, and chemicals. Despite problems, the economy began to show strong growth by 1994. Tax and investment reforms are attracting investment. The currency is the Philippine peso (P). Even with literacy at 94.6 percent, the country is unable to sustain steady economic growth and cannot generate enough jobs. History

The Republic of the Philippines was not the nation as we know today for most of its history. The Philippines’ history is the story of the gradual blending of the original island people merging their way of life with foreign people and ideas that arrived on their soil. Chinese merchants linked the islanders into a broader network of people and introduced more intricate ways of doing business. Arabs introduced the islanders to the Muslim religion during the 14th century. Spanish explorers colonized, converted, and brought

Catholicism to the Philippines over four centuries ago. In 1898, as a defeat in the Spanish-American War, Spain ceded control of the Philippines to the U.S. The Philippine-American war followed shortly as the Filipinos fought desperately for their independence. This bloody war lasted for two years. The Americans changed the Philippines and extended colonialism for over 40 years, but introduced constitutional democracy.

5

The Commonwealth of the Philippines, under Filipino President Manuel L. Quezon, was established in 1935. On December 8, 1941, Japan bombed Manila and World War II came to the Islands. A subsequent Japanese occupation proved to be very harsh. In October 1944, General Douglas MacArthur liberated the Philippines from Japanese rule. The Philippines gained independence on July 4, 1946. Manuel Roxas was the first President. Following independence, the Philippine relationship with the United States remained complex. Many citizens wanted the Philippines to be a state of the United States, but others felt that the U.S. already dominated too much in the country. Independence has been difficult but the state of the current republic is etched with courage, heroism, persistence, and patience. The outcome is the modern Republic of the Philippines and the proud people that we see today. Religion The Filipinos have embraced two of the great religions of the world – Islam and Christianity.

Islam was introduced during the 14th century, shortly after the expansion of Arab commercial ventures in Southeast Asia. Foreigners who intend to go to the southern region of the Philippines should realize that they are in the Muslim region of the country. The Spaniards introduced Christianity in 1521. Since then, the country has been predominately Catholic. The Protestant religion has existed in the country since 1899. Locally, two Filipino independent churches were organized at the turn of the 20th century. These are the Aglipayans and the Iglesia ni Cristo. Recently, the Aglipayans signed a covenant with the Anglican Church as one. The Iglesia ni Cristo has expanded its membership considerably. In fact, the Iglesia ni Cristo Church with its towering architecture, is a

prodigious sight in most major cities, towns, and provincial capitals of the country. Customs Folk Customs In general, the Filipinos are a cordial people. Westerners may prefer to get straight to the point, but Filipinos enjoy small talk and refreshments prior to getting down to business. Establishing personal relationships and the right atmosphere for negotiations is important. Filipinos generally seek group consensus in making any final decisions, with the biggest influence coming from older generation. People place a lot of value in their self-esteem or amor propio, and get intimidated when criticized in front of other people. The preferred way to deal with people is to point out their mistakes in private and close cheerfully by inquiring about the family.

6

Marriage Individual Filipinos choose their marriage partners, but with family approval. The first step to a wedding is a formal proposal initiated by a go-between, a mutual relative of both families. A party is usually held to which relatives, sponsors, and a few friends are invited. Traditionally, the groom’s family shoulders the wedding expenses. The wedding is conducted in a church, and a reception immediately follows. The first music piece is meant for the bride and groom, and relatives of both parties pin peso notes on the couple. The paper notes pinned on the outfits of the bride and groom are eventually collected and added to wedding gifts, to signal the beginning of married life. Marriage is viewed as a permanent contract – an inviolable social institution. Birth Birth is normally a much-awaited event in the family as they speculate on the baby’s gender and name. Uncles, aunts, and parents all help to derive a baby’s name. Most women in rural areas give birth at home aided by a midwife. The first religious ritual for the baby born into a Catholic family is baptism. Sponsors are contacted as godparents who become counselors and take over the upbringing of the child should parents lose their ability to do so. The parents will raise the baby with love and tender care. Emotional support and affectionate touching are abundant as the child grows. Dating and Courtship A well-bred young lady from the city may show disinterest when a man woos her with flowers and chocolates and may even ignore him to test his sincerity. In the province, a young man may serenade a young woman by singing beneath a window on a moonlit night. When everything is right between the man and woman and they decide they are ready, they will tell their family and friends about their romance and begin a courtship. Courting a young lady is to court her family as well. Modern romance allows solo dating, but a young lady may bring a chaperone to dinner or dance dates. Premarital sex is not acceptable during the period of courtship and both parties are expected to behave well in public. Music Music is an important part of everyday life in the Philippines. Filipinos sing in the bathroom, the kitchen, in work areas, and even while stuck in traffic.Children learn to play the guitar, piano, violin or other musical instruments at an early age.Contemporary music may sound western, yet it remains Filipino at heart in its romantic tunes, sentimentality, or mellow mood.

7

Family The family is the basic social institution and is made up of a father, a mother, children, and the relatives of the father and the mother. The family values shared by all Filipinos bridge their many differences. Maintaining close family ties is the foundation to the values of the culture. Loyalty is a highly placed, fundamental value. Authority within the family is vested not only in the father and mother, but grandparents as well. The father takes care of the financial needs of the family, while the mother takes care of the children, plans the meals, and organizes the chores of each family member. TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION Many middle class Filipinos own cars, but others rely on public transportation. Metro Manila has numerous buses, taxis, and jeepneys. A jeepney is a highly decorated type of mini-bus built on the frame of old U.S. military jeeps. They travel on relatively fixed routes and stop when waved at or atop at the sidewalk. They carry 10-20 passengers for a fare. Passengers tap or pound on the roof when they want to stop. Traffic is heavy and driving habits are aggressive. Rural roads are poorly paved or undeveloped and often rely on a motorcycle version of the jeepney. Travel by foot, bicycle, motorcycle, and on animals is also common. A domestic airline, ferries and boats provide inter-island transportation. Although communications infrastructure is generally good, services to rural regions and between islands are not very extensive. Middle-class homes usually have phones or cellular phones if service is available in the areas. EDUCATION Education is highly valued in the Philippines. Young children can attend kindergarten at age five and preschool before that. Nearly all children spend six years in the elementary school. A few schools have a seventh year of elementary education. There are no middle schools and usually after the 6th grade, 4 years of high school follow. Graduation is typically at age 16-17. After high school, many go on to college or vocational training. Government usually does not provide financial aid or any educational grants. Parents sacrifice their farms or other assets just to send their children to college. After finishing a career, they expect their older child to be employed to help the next child’s educational expenses and so on. These efforts result in national literacy rate of 94 percent.

HEALTH Medical service in Manila is generally good. Rural areas have a health unit but it may lack supplies. In 1995, a new law established a universal health insurance paid for mostly on the basis of taxation and other government funds. Before, insurance was difficult to afford and unemployed people and tenant farmers had health insurance problems. A person needing surgery needed a down payment before an operation would begin, especially in privately owned hospitals. Government sponsors free vaccinations for children.

8

Famous Natives

Dr. Jose P. Rizal

Dr. Jose Rizal is the greatest hero of the Philippines. He was born in Calamba, Laguna on June 19, 1861. He studied medicine at the University of Santo Tomas and pursued studies at various universities in Europe. It was while in Europe that he wrote two novels, “Noli Me Tangere” and “El Filibusterismo”. These novels exposed the cruelties of Spaniards against the Filipinos. The Spaniards accused Jose Rizal of inciting rebellion against Spanish rulers. He was imprisoned as a result of these accusations and was killed by firing squad at Bagumbayan Field on December 30, 1896.

Apolinario Mabini Apolinario Mabini was named “The Brain of the Revolution” because he helped frame the Malolos Constitution. He was arrested twice by the Americans and exiled to Guam for criticizing the US government. He refused to take the oath of allegiance to the American flag. He became ill and eventually was paralyzed. Despite his paralysis, he continued to work brilliantly and became known as “The Sublime Paralytic.” Antonio Luna A Commander-in-Chief of the Philippine Armed Forces, he was the chief supporter of the Philippine Revolution. Gregorio Del Pilar He served first as a soldier and rose to the rank of Colonel. He was appointed General during the Filipino-American War. He was killed in action by the Americans, but gained great admiration for his bravery. Even the Americans called him an officer and a gentleman. Gomez, Burgos, and Zamora These were Filipino priests who were accused by the American government of inciting the Cavite Revolt of 1812. In the end, the three priests were either executed or garroted in the Bagumbayan Field for their roles in the revolt. Manuel L. Quezon A very talented man who studied in exclusive schools like San Juan de Letran and the University of Santo Tomas, his extraordinary brilliance earned him many accolades and honors from both institutions. H was elected the first President of the Philippine Commonwealth.

9

Lesson 1 Sirib Maipapan ti Daga ken Tattao

Geography and People This lesson will introduce you to:

- Simple greetings and basic introductions in Ilokano - How to greet people in formal and informal situations in the Philippines - Personal pronouns - Possessive pronouns - How to use the verbs “to be” and “to live” in the present tense - Basic geographical names of the Philippines.

PEOPLE

1. Listen to these simple greetings and phrases in Ilokano and repeat them after the speaker. Hello! Hi! Kumusta! Good morning! Naimbag a bigat! Good afternoon! Naimbag a malem! Good night/evening! Naimbag a rabii! Good noon! Naimbag nga pangaldaw! Good day! Naimbag nga aldaw! Good morning, sir/ma’am! Naimbag a bigat, apo! Good afternoon, sir/ma’am! Naimbag a malem, apo! Good night/evening, sir/ma’am! Naimbag a rabii, apo!

Cultural Notes: Everywhere in the Philippines, hospitality among the people is always evident, such as in public places, gatherings, or in any setting. Greetings may be exhibited by way of a smile, waving hands, or a pat on the shoulder. Failure to show any form of greeting is not acceptable and is considered rude, especially between young people and their elders, who see it as a sign of disrespect. 2. Exchange greetings with your teacher and your partner. What would you say at 7 a.m., 10 a.m., 2 p.m., 5 p.m., and 10 p.m.?

3. Familiarize yourself with personal pronouns. Listen to the audio and repeat after the speaker. I Siak You Sika He Isuna She Isuna You (plural) Dakayo; Sikayo We Datayo; Kami; Kadakami they Isuda

10

Grammar Notes: Pronouns (Pangsandi) in Ilokano refer to people in singular or in plural form and may be honorific. Plural pronouns in first person distinguish between inclusive (includes addressee) and exclusive (excludes addressee). Pronouns in the second person include a factor of respect. Ilokano pronouns do not distinguish between male and female. Note that there is a single pronoun for both “he” and “she:” “Isuna.” Singular Pronouns Plural Pronouns Person Person 1st Siak (I) 1st Data; Sita (You & I: Inclusive) 2nd Sika (You) Dakami; Sikami (We, but not you: Plural Exclusive) 3rd Isu; Isuna (He/She) Datayo; Sitayo (We & You: Plural Inclusive) 2nd Dakayo; Sikayo (You People; You sir/ma’am) (Formal) 3rd Isuda (They)

4. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Read the dialogues in pairs. In the morning Iti Bigat Person A: Good morning Antonio! Naimbag a bigatmo, Antonio! Person B: Good morning Alex. Naimbag a bigatmo met, Alex! During the day Iti Aldaw Person A: Good afternoon Maria! Naimbag a malemmo, Maria! Person B: Good afternoon Tess. Naimbag a malemmo met Tess! Person A: How are you Maria? Kumusta ka, Maria? Person B: Fine, thank you. And you? Naimbag met.Agyamanak kenka! Ket sika? Person A: Very well. Naimbag met unay. In the Evening Iti Rabii Person A: Good evening, Pedro. Naimbag a rabiim, Pedro! Person B: Good evening Pablo. Naimbag a rabiim met, Pablo! Person A: How are you, Pedro? Kumusta ka Pedro? Person B: Fine, thank you. And you? Naimbag, Dios ti agngina. Ket sika? Person A: Fine. Good night, Pedro! Naimbag. Naimbag a rabiim, Pedro! Person B: Good night, Pablo. Naimbag a rabiim met, Pablo! Informal Saan a Pormal Person A: Hi, Gorgonia! Kumusta, Gorgonia! Person B: Hi! Kumusta met! Person A: How are you? Kumusta ka? Person B: Good. And you? Naimbag met. Ket sika? Person A: Good! Naimbag! Person B: Bye! Dios ti agbati!

11

5. Using the dialogues above as a model, compose your own similar dialogues. Work in pairs or in small groups. Then, read each word in the dialog below, focusing on correct pronunciation and emphasis.

Romeo: Kumusta Gloria! Kumusta ka? Hi, Gloria! How are you? Gloria: Naimbag met. Ket sika? Just fine. And you? Romeo: Naimbagak met, agyamanak! I am fine too, thanks! Gloria: O sige ngarud, agkita tayo manen. Okay, see you later. (We’ll see each other again.) Romeo: Apay nga agap-apura ka? Why are you in a hurry? Gloria: Mapanak agtrabaho nga masapa. Dios ti agbati, Romeo. I’m going to work early. Bye, Romeo.

GEOGRAPHY

I am from Isabela. Taga Isabelaak You are from Cebu. Taga Cebu ka. He is from Bacolod. Taga Bacolod Isuna. She is from Ilocos Norte. Taga Ilocos Norte isuna. He is from Bataan. Taga Bataan isu. We are from Cagayan. Taga Cagayan kami. They are from Bulacan. Taga Bulacan isuda.

12

Grammar Notes: Most Ilokano verbs are created by connecting a verbalizing affix to a root word. The most common verb affix is the prefix “ag.” When the prefix “ag” is attached to any noun, a new verb is formed. Noun With the Prefix English “ag” kanta (song) agkanta to sing surat (letter) agsurat to write bunga (fruit) agbunga to bear fruit Affixes like maka and ma are intransitive and transitive. They denote potential action or actions that demonstrate ability and control. Example: surat (write) - makasurat (to be able to write); kita (see) - makita (to see)

6. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. 1. I am a Filipino. Pilipinoak. I am from the Philippines. Taga Pilipinasak. 2. He is a Filipino. Pilipino isuna. He is from the Philippines. Taga Pilipinas isuna. 3. She is a Filipino. Pilipina isuna. She is from Iloilo. Taga Iloilo isuna. 4. We are Filipinos. Pilipino kami. We are from Makati. Taga Makati kami. 5. You are a Filipino. Pilipino ka. You are from Manila. Taga Manila ka. 6. They are Filipinos. Pilipino isuda They are from Makati. Taga Makatida

7. Pretend you and your classmates are from the Philippines. Introduce yourself and your classmates to your friend in Ilocano. Use the model below and the map. Model: I am a Filipino. I am from Manila. Bob is a Filipino. He is from Cebu. Tom and Mary are Filipinos. They are from Zamboanga. Pilipinoak; Taga Isabelaak; Amerikano ni Bob; Taga Cagayanda; Pilipino da Tom ken Mary; Taga Zambalesda. Where are you from? Sadino ka? Where is he (she/it) from? Sadino isuna (isuna/daytoy)? Where are we (they) from? Sadino kami (isuda)?

13

8. Listen to the following dialogues in Ilokano. Repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. 1. A. I am from Manila. Taga Manilaak. Where are you from? Tagaano ka? B. I am from Cabanatuan. Taga Cabanatuanak. 2. A. Ann is from Cebu. Taga Cebu ni Ann. Where is Bob from? Tagaano ni Bob? B. He is from Negros. Taga Negros isuna. 3. A. I am from Bacolod. Taga Bacolodak. Where are you and Mary from? Tagaanoka ken Mary? B. We are from Olongapo. Taga Olongapo kami. 4. A. Tom is from Davao. Taga Davao ni Tom. Where are Paul and Nancy from? Tagaano da Paul ken Nancy B. They are from Ilagan. Taga Ilagan isuda.

9. Role-play the dialogues above using the map of the Philippines. Am I from Ilagan? Yes, I am. No, I am not. Taga Ilaganak kadi? Wen, siak. Saan, saanak Taga Ilagan. Are you from Bulacan? Yes, you are. No, you are not. Taga Bulacan ka kadi? Wen, sika. Saan, saanka nga Taga Bulacan. Is he from Tagaytay? Yes, he is. No, he is not. Taga Tagaytay isuna kadi? Wen, isuna. Saan, saan nga Taga Tagaytay isuna. Is she from Aparri? Yes, she is. No, she is not. Taga Aparri isuna kadi? Wen, Isuna. Saan, saan nga Taga Aparri isuna. Is it from Puerto Prinsesa? Yes, it is. No, it is not. Taga Puerto Prinsesa Isuna kadi? Wen. Saan, saan isuna nga Taga Puerto Prinsesa. Are we from Surigao? Yes, we are. No, we are not. Taga Surigao kami kadi? Wen. Dakami Saan, saan isuna nga Taga Surigao. Are they from Leyte? Yes, they are. No, they are not. Taga Leyte isuda kadi? Wen, isuda Saan, saan isuda nga Taga Leyte.

Note: The word “kadi” makes a sentence interrogative. It is an Ilokano word entreating someone to act, as in an imperative statement. Example: Alaem kadi diay sarming ko. (Will you please get my glasses?)

14

10. Read the following dialogues aloud with a partner. 1. A. Are you from the Philippines? Taga Pilipinas ka? B. Yes, I am. Wen, taga Pilipinasak. 2. A. Are you from Vigan? Taga Vigan ka?

B. No, I am not. I am from Angeles. Saan, saanank. Taga Angelesak

3. A. Is Bob from the Philippines? Taga Pilipinas cadi ni Bob? B. Yes, he is. Wen, isuna ket taga Pilipinas. 4. A. Are Bob and Mary from Aparri? Taga Aparri cadi ni Bob ken Mary?

B. Yes, they are. Wen, isuda ket taga Aparri.

What is your name? Ania ti naganmo? What is your name? Ania ti naganmo? My name is Samuel. Samuel ti naganko My name is Pedro Buno.

. Pedro Buno ti naganko.

Notes on Introductions: Ilokanos are very aware of age and status in their interactions with people. For this reason, when addressing unfamiliar people, they are likely to use quasi-kin terms that express this relationship. When calling a waiter or waitress, you might have to guess the approximate age and compare it with that of yourself, and call out Manang and Manong for older women and men or Ading for younger women or men to get their attention. The following are terms of address used throughout the Kailokuan. Kumusta ka balasangko? How are you my young lady? Dios ti agngina, Apo. Thanks, sir/ma’am. Manang! Kayatmi pay ti beer. Older sister! We want more beer. Mayat met barok. It’s nice indeed, my young man. The terms nana, tata, lolo and lola are often used with first names to address older people with respect. It is meant to address one or more generations above the speaker. “Tata” is an Ilocano term addressed to older males and is equivalent to father or dad. “Nana,” on the other hand, is for older women and is normally used for one’s mother or mom. The terms “Lolo” and “Lola” are used to address a grandfather and a grandmother respectively. Male addresses end with a vowel “o;” female addresses end with a vowel “a.”

15

Examples:

Kumusta, Nana Marga. Hello, Nana Carmen. Ayanna ni Lolo Ipe? Where is Grandfather Ipe? Agannad kayo, Tata Luming. Be careful, Tata Luming.

Naimbag a malemmo, Lola Gonyang. Good afternoon to you, Grandma Gonyang. Notice that the addresses (Tata, Nana, Lolo, or Lola) are stated before a person’s name. I Siak My Ko You Sika Your Yo; Mo He Isuna His Kenkuana She Isuna Her Kenkuana It Daytoy; Daydiay Its Na We Dacami Our Mi They Isuda Their Da

What is her name? Ania ti naganna? What is his name? Ania ti naganna? Her name is Ruth. Ruth ti naganna His name is Douglas. Douglas ti naganna.

11. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. A. Good morning! Naimbag nga bigat! B. Good morning! Naimbag nga bigat! A. My name is Peter. What is your name? Peter ti naganko. Ania ti naganmo? B. My name is Alex. Alex ti naganko. A. Nice to meet you, Alex. Maragsakanak makaammo kenka, Alex B. Nice to meet you, Peter. Maragsakanak makaammo kenka, Peter.

16

12. Work in pairs or in small groups. Look at the pictures and make up similar dialogues.

13. Listen to the following statements and repeat after the speaker.

My name is Paul. Paul ti naganko.

His name is Bob. Bob ti naganna

Her name is Ann. Ann ti naganna.

I live in Manila.

Agnaedak idiay Manila.

He lives in Cebu. Agnanaed isuna idiay Cebu.

She lives in Leyte. Agnanaed isuna idiay Leyte.

We live in Isabela. Agnanaed kami idiay Isabela.

They live in Masbate. Agnanaed isuda idiay Masbate.

17

14. Read the following sentences. Translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key. 1. Agnanaed ni Bob idiay Manila. 2. Agnanaedka idiay Bulacan? Wen. 3. Saan nga agnanaed ni Olga idiay Cebu. 4. Sadinno ti pagnanaedam? Agnanaedak idiay Tagaytay. 5. Sadinno ti pagnanaedan da Mary ken Paul? Agnanaedda idiay Iloilo.

15. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. Make up a similar dialogue. Work in pairs or in small groups. A. Naimbag a malem B. Naimbag a malemmo met. Ann ti naganko. Ania ti naganmo? B. Bob ti naganko. A. Maragsakanak nga makaammo kenka, Bob. B. Maragsakanak nga makaammo kenka, Ann. A. Agnanaedak idiay Isabela. Sadinno ti pagnanaedm? B. Agnanaedak idiay Zamboanga.

16. Imagine that you are new to the class. Ask your partner about the rest of the students (their names and where they live). Use the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups. A. Ania ti naganna? B. Maria ti naganna. A. Sadinno ti pagnaedanna? B. Agnanaed idiay Manila.

17. What is the question? Read the questions in English and then translate the corresponding Ilokano answer into English, check your work with the answer key. 1. Are you from Cebu?

Saan. Taga Manilaak

2. Do you live in Cebu? Wen, Agnanaedak idiay Cebu.

3. Is he from Basilan? Wen, Taga Basilan isuna

18

4. Does she live in Ilocos? Wen, agnanaed isuna idiay Ilocos.

5. Is he from Bulacan? Saan. Taga Cavite isuna.

6. Is your name Gorgonia? Wen, ti naganko ket Gorgonia.

7. Is his name Senor Macapagal? Saan, ni Senor Macapagal isuna.

8. Are you from Romblonak? Wen, Taga Romblonak.

19

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Read the following sentences and translate them from English into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key. A. My name is Tanya. I am from Moscow. B. Do you live in Seattle? Yes. C. His name is Joe. He lives in Berlin. D. We are from Vancouver. E. My name is Maurice. I am from Chicago F. His name is Bob. He lives in Boston. G. Her name is Susan. She lives in San Diego. H. What is your name? My name is Tony.

2. Pretend that you are at a party. Introduce yourself to other people and ask them their names, where they are from, and where they live. Work in pairs or in small groups. Use the model below. A. Kumusta. Antonio ti naganko. B. Kumusta! Linda ti naganko A. Taga Pilipinasak. Tagaano ka? B. Taga Amerikaak. A. Agnanaedak idiay Cebu. Sadinno ti pagnanaedam? B. Agnanaedak idiay Leyte.

3. Introduce your friend to your classmates. Use the model below. Ti naganna ket Pedro. Taga Hawaii isuna. Pilipino isuna. Agnanaed isuna idiay Baguio.

20

Vocabulary List

Hello. Kumusta. Hi. Kumusta. Good morning. Naimbag nga bigat. Good afternoon. Naimbag nga malem. Good evening. Naimbag nga rabii. Good night. Naimbag nga rabii. Good-bye. Dios ti agbati. How are you? Kumusta ka? Fine/very well. Naimbag unay. Thank you. Dios ti agngina. You are welcome. Awan anyamanna. Nice to meet you. Maragsakanak nga makasarak kenka. My name is … Ti naganko ket . . . I Siak He Isuna She Isuna You Sika We Dakami They Isuda To live in Agnaed inti No Saan Yes Wen To be Agbalin nga To be from Agbalin nga taga Where are you from? Tagaanoka?/Sadinno ka? What is your name? Ania ti naganmo? Where do you live? Sadinno ti pagnaedam? My Kuak Your Kuam His Kuana Her Kuana Our Kukuami Their Kukuada Nationality Nacionalidad People Tattao Geography Sirib maipapan ti daga Pronouns Pansandi Where Sadinno; antoy What Ania Language Pagsasao Here Ditoy

21

Answer Key 14.

1. Bob lives in Manila. 2. Do you live in Bulacan? Yes, I do. 3. Olga does not live in Cebu 4. Where do you live? I live in Tagaytay. 5. Where do Mary and Paul live? They live in Iloilo.

17. 1. Are you from Cebu? No, I am not. I am from Manilaak. 2. Do you live in Cebu? Yes, I live in Cebu. 3. Is he from Basilan? Yes, he is from Basilan. 4. Does she live in Ilocos? Yes, she lives in Ilocos 5. Is he from Bulacan? No, he is not. He is from Cavite. 6. Is your name Gorgonia? Yes, my name is Gorgonia. 7. Is his name Senor Macapagal? No, he is not Senor Macapagal.

9. Are you from Romblonak? 10. Yes, I am from Romblonak. End-of-Lesson Tasks 1.

A. Tanya ti naganko. Taga Moscowak. B. Agnanaedka idiay Seattle? Wen. C. Joe ti naganna. Adnanaed isuna idiay Berlin. D. Taga Vancouver kami. E. Maurice ti naganko. Taga Chicagoak. F. Bob ti naganna. Agnanaed isuna idiay Boston. G. Susan ti naganna. Agnanaed isuna idiay San Diego H. Ania ti naganmo? Tony ti naganko.

22

Lesson 2 Pagnanaedan ken Pagtratrabahuan

Living and Working

This lesson will introduce you to: - Typical housing arrangements in the Philippines - Using “or” in questions about living arrangements and professions - The verb “to have” in the present tense

- Names of professions (singular and plural forms).

1. Look at the pictures below and listen to the words. Repeat the words after the speaker.

apartment

Pagtaengan

apartment building

Patakder nga Pagtaengan

room Siled

house Balay

military camp

Kampo Militaria

tent Tolda

barracks Kuartel

hotel Otel

2. Match the Ilokano words on the left with their English equivalents on the right. Replay the audio from the previous section if necessary.

Tolda Hotel Siled Tent Balay Barracks

Pagtaengan Room Otel Military camp

Patakder nga Pagtaengan House Kuartel Apartment

Kampo Militaria Apartment building

23

3. Read the following sentences and translate them into English.

1. Agnanaed ni John ti tolda inta Kampo Militaria. 2. Agnanaed ni Senora Smith inta bassit a pagtaengan. 3. Agnanaed da Peter ken Linda inti dackel a balay idiay Manila. 4. Agnanaed ni Tim inti otel. 5. Agnanaed da Scott ken Mike idiay kuartel. 6. Agnanaedak ken Bob inta balaymi.

Grammar Notes: 1. The Ilokano word “agnaed” is equivalent to the verb “to live” in the infinitive form. The verb prefix “ag” is added to the root word “naed” (which means “life”) to form the verb “to live.” Duplicating the first syllable of the root word “naed” with the prefix “ag” will result in a new word, “agnanaed,” in the simple present form. 2. Prepositions used in context in the statements above are as follows: a. at the (Military Camp) - inta (Kampo Militaria) b. in a (big house) - inti (dackel a balay) c. in (Manila) - idiay (Manila)

4. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. Then, make up similar dialogues. Work in pairs or in small groups. 1. A. I live in a big house. Where do you live?

Agnanaedak inti dackel a balay. Sadinno ti pagnanaedam?

B. I live in a tent in a military camp.

Tolda ti pagnanaedak inti Campo Militaria.

2. A. Bob lives in the hotel. Where does Ann live?

Agnanaed ni Bob inti otel. Sadinno ti pagnanaedan ni Ann?

B. Ann lives in an apartment building.

Agnanaed ni Ann inti patakder nga pagtaengan.

3. A. We live in the barracks. Where do Bob and Ann live?

Agnanaed kami inta kuartel. Sadinno ti pagnanaedan da Bob ken Ann?

B. They live in the military camp.

Agnanaeda inta Campo Militaria.

24

A conjunction (Pinagsilpuan) is used to connect a word or group of words in a sentence. The word “wenno” is used in Ilokano conversation to emphasize something important. It is equivalent to the conjunction “or” in English. 5A. Read the following dialogues and translate them into English. Make up similar dialogues using the words below. Work in pairs or in small groups. 1. A. Agnaedka inti maysa a balay wenno pagtaengan? B. Agnaedak inti maysa a balay. 2. A. Agnaed isuda inti maysa a otel wenno inta pagtaengan?

B. Agnaedda isuda inta patakder nga pagta- engan. 5B. Read the dialogue between two friends, Armando and Delia. After reading, write a simple sentence about their conversation.

Armando: Kumusta, Delia! Nabayag nga dita nagkitan. Sadinno ti pagnaedam itan?

How are you Delia? We have not seen each other for a long time. Where do you live now? Delia: Naimbagak met Armando. Nagbakasyonak idiay Hawaii. Itatta, agnanaed- ak inti maysa nga pagtaengan idiay Marikina. I’m fine too, Armando. I took a vacation in Hawaii. Presently, I’m living in an apartment in Marikina. Armando: Mano ti siledna ta pagtataengam? How many rooms are in your apartment? Delia: Dua ti siledna laeng. Two rooms only. Armando: Maragsakanak nga nakita ka Delia. Alluadam ta bagim. Agpakadaakon. I’m glad to see you, Delia. Take care of yourself. Goodbye. Delia: Kasta met kenka, Armando. Alluadam met ta bagim. Same to you, Armando. Do take care of yourself. 6. Compose choice questions using the model and the words below. Check your work with the answer key. Model: Do you live in a tent or in the barracks? Agnanaedka inti tolda wenno inta kuartel? Sika tolda/kuartel Isuda otel/balay Isuna patakder nga pagtaegan/kampo militaria Isuna siled/balay Datayo pagtaengan/otel

25

7. Listen to the speaker and circle the words you hear. Check your work with the answer key. 1. barracks tent 2. house apartment building 3. military camp room 4. apartment hotel

I have Addanak You have Addaanka He/she has Addaan isuna We have Addaankam You (plural) have Addaan kayo They have Addaanda

8. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. 1. I have a house in Manila. Addaanak balay idiay Manila. 2. We have a room in an apartment building.

Addaankam maysa a siled inta patakder a pagtaengan

3. John has an apartment in Cebu.

Addaan pagtaengan ni John idiay Cebu

4. Bob and Mary have their house in Zamboanga.

Addaan balay da Bob ken Mary idiay Zamboanga

9. Make up sentences using the correct form of the verb “to have.” Model: I have an apartment. (Addaanak ti pagtaengan.) Addaanak (I have) Addaanka (You have) Sing. maysa a balay (a house) Addaan isuna (He has) Addaan isuna (She has) maysa a pagtaengan Addaan (It has) (an apartment) Addaankam (We have) Addaankayo (You have) Pl. maysa a siled (a room) Addaanda (They have)

have / has

In Ilocano, personal pronouns are in the form of suffixes ak, ka, an, kam, kayo, and da, and they are attached at the end of the verb “to have,” as seen in the chart above. The only pronoun not attached to the verb “to have” is “isuna,” which means “he” or “she”. Example: addaan (have) + ak (I) = addaanak ( I have)

26

10. Listen to the new vocabulary related to professions and repeat after the speaker. Profession Pagsapulan Doctor Doktor Nurse Nars Laborer Trabahador Teacher Maestro/Maestra Student Estudiante Soldier Soldado Mechanic Mekaniko Farmer Mannalon Police Officer Opisyal a Pulis Waitress Weytres Interpreter Mangipatpatarus

11. Circle the more likely profession of the two choices under the photo. Check your work with the answer key.

Nars wenno Maestra? Opisyal nga Pulis wenno Mannalon?

Weytres wenno Doktor? Soldado wenno Mangipatpatarus?

27

12. Match the Ilokano words on the right with their English equivalents on the left. 1. Profession A. Weytres 2. Doctor B. Mannalon 3. Nurse C. Mangipapatarus 4. Laborer D. Pagsapulan 5. Teacher E. Nars 6. Student F. Opisyal nga Pulis 7. Soldier G. Doktor 8. Mechanic H. Trabahador 9. Farmer I. Estudiante 10. Police Officer J. Mannalon 11. Waitress K. Mekaniko 12. Interpreter L. Maestro/Maestra

Grammar Notes: Most nouns in English form their plural by adding “s” to the end of the word. In Ilokano, duplicating the first syllable of the noun pluralizes nouns related to professions. Sometimes nouns relating to professions are preceded with numbers or modifiers: “dua a maestro,” (two interpreters) or “adu a mamaestro” (many interpreters). Study the chart below, which lists professions in singular and plural forms. Singular Form Pluralized Form Maestro/Maestra Mamaestro/Mamaestra Doktor Dodoktor Trabahador Trabahadores Mannalon Mannanalon Estudiante Eestudyante Mekaniko Memekaniko Weytres Weweytres

13. Listen to the plural form of nouns for the names of professions, and repeat after the speaker. Profession Professions Pagsapulan Adu a pagsapulan Doctor Doctors Doktor Dodoktor Nurse Nurses Nars Nanars Laborer Laborers Trabahador Tratrabahador Teacher Teachers Maestro/Maestra Mamaestro/Mamaestra Student Students Estudiante Eestudiante

28

Soldier Soldiers Soldado Sosoldado Mechanic Mechanics Mekaniko Memekaniko Farmer Farmers Mannalon Mamannalos Police Officer Police Officers Opisyal a Pulis Opopisyal nga pulis Waitress Waitresses Weytres Weweytres Interpreter Interpreters Mangipatpatarus Adu a mangipatpatarus

14. Listen to the speaker and circle each word you hear. Replay the audio as many times as you need. Check your answers with the answer key. A. He is a mechanic / farmer. B. They are teachers / doctors. C. She is an interpreter / student. D. They are police officers / soldiers.

29

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Give a brief introduction of yourself, listing your name, where you are from, where you live, and what your occupation is in Ilokano. Atanacio ti naganko; Pilinoak; Taga Pilipinasak; Agnanaedak idiay Makati; Maestroak; Agnaedak inti pagtaengan.

2. Listen to the recording and circle all the professions you hear. A. 1. waitress 2. police officer 3. interpreter B. 1. nurse 2. teacher

3. farmer C. 1. doctor 2. nurse 3. student

3. Reproduce the questions to the following answers. 1. ____________________? Alex ti naganko. 2. ____________________? Taga Pilipinasak. 3. ____________________? Wen, Seattle ti pagnaedak. 3. ____________________? Saan, adda pagtaengak inta patakder nga pagtaengan. 4. ____________________? Wen, mekanikoak.

30

Vocabulary List Apartment Pagnaedan Apartment building Patakder nga Pagnaedan Barracks Kuartel Military camp Kampo Militaria House Balay Tent Tolda Room Siled Big Dackel Small Bassit Profession/professions Pagsapulan/Adu a Pagsapulan Farmer/farmers Mannalon/Adu a Mannalon Doctor/doctors Doktor/Dodoktor Nurse/nurses Nars/Adu a Nars Laborer/laborers Trabahdor/Trabahadores Teacher/teachers Maestro/Mamaestro Student/students Estudiante/Eestudyante Soldier/soldiers Soldado/Sosoldado Mechanic/mechanics Mekaniko/Adu a Mekaniko Waitress/waitresses Weytres/Adu a Weytres Interpreter/interpreters Mangipatpatarus/Adu a Mangipatpatarus Police officer/ police officers Opisyal a Pulis/Opisyal a Pulpulis To have Addaan

31

Answer Key 2. Tent tolda Room siled House nalay Apartment pagtaengan Hotel otel Apartment building patakder nga pagtaengan Barracks kuartel Military Camp kampo militaria 3.

1. Juan lives in a tent at the military camp 2. Mrs Roces lives in a small apartment. 3. Pedro and Linda live in a big house in Manila 4. Tomas lives in a hotel 5. Sergio and Miguel live in a barracks. 6. Bernardo and I live in our house.

6. Model: Do you live in a tent or in the barracks? (Agnanaedka inti tolda wenno inta kuartel?) You-(Sika) tent / barracks (tolda/kuartel) They(Isuda) hotel / house (otel/balay) He (Isuna) apartment bldg/military camp (patakder nga pagtaegan/kampo militaria) She (Isuna) room / house (siled/balay) We (Datayo) apartment /hotel (pagtaengan/otel)

1. Do you live in a tent or in a barracks? Tolda ti pagnanaedam wenno inti kuartel? 2. Do they live in a hotel or in a house? Otel ti pagnanaedanda wenno inti balay?

3. Does he live in an apartment building or in a military camp? Patakder nga pagtaengan ti pagnaedanna wenno Kampo Militaria? 4. Does she live in a room or in a house? Siled ti pagnaedanna wenno inti balay? 5. Does he live in an apartment or in a hotel? Pagtaengan ti pagnaedanda wenno inti otel?

32

7.

1. tolda tent 2. balay house 3. kampo militaria military camp 4. otel hotel

9. a. I have a house Adda balayko.

b. You have an apartment? Adda pagtaengam. c. He has a room. Adda siledna. d. She has a house. Adda balayna. e. It has a room. Adda siledna. f. We have an apartment. Adda pagtaenganmi g. They have a house. Adda balayda. 11. 1. nars 2. mannalon 3. weytres 4. soldado 12. 1. D 2. G 3. E 4. H 5. L 6. I 7. B 8. K 9. J 10. F 11. A 12. C

33

14. A. He is a farmer. A. Mannalon isuna. B. They are teachers. B. Mamaestro/Mamaestra isuda. C. She is an interpreter. C. Mangipatpatarus isuna D. They are soldiers. D. Sosoldado isuda. End-of-Lesson Tasks 2. 1. waitress 2. teacher 3. student 3. 1. Ania ti naganmo? What is your name? 2. Tagaanoka? From where are you? 3. Seattle cadi ti pagnaedam? Do you live in Seattle? 4. Adda pagtaengam inta patakder nga pagtaengam? Do you have apartment in an apartment building? 5. Mekaniko ka? Are you a mechanic?

34

Lesson 3 Dagiti Aldaw Ti Lawas, Bilbilang, Tawtawen Ti Tattao

Days of the Week, Numbers, Ages of People This lesson will introduce you to: - Days of the week - Numbers from 0 to 100 - How to understand and respond to questions about date and time - How to find out someone’s age and tell how old you are.

1. Listen to the days of the week and repeat them after the speaker. Monday Lunes Tuesday Martes Wednesday Mierkules Thursday Huebes Friday Biernes Saturday Sabado Sunday Dominggo

Read the days of the week several times, practicing pronunciation. Replay the audio if necessary.

2. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook. Role-play the dialogues using the names of the other days of the week. Work in pairs or in small groups. Dominggo Lunes Martes Mierkules Huebes Biernes Sabado

1. What day is it today? Ania ti aldaw ita? Today is Monday. Itatta nga aldaw ket Lunes. 2. Is today Monday? Lunes kadi ita nga aldaw? Yes, today is Monday. Wen, itatta ket Lunes. 3. Is today Monday? Lunes kadi ita nga aldaw? No, today is Tuesday. Saan, itatta ket Martes.

35

3. Listen to the pronunciations and read the numbers from 0 to 10.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Ilokano

awan maysa dua tallo uppat lima innem pito walo siam sanga-pulo

Spanish

zero uno dos tres kuatro singko sais siete otso nuebe dies Note: Ilokano speakers use two separate sets of numbers: Ilocano numbers are used for basic counting, and Spanish numbers are used for counting huge numbers and telling time and dates. 4. Read the following dialogue. A. What is your telephone number?

Ania ti numero teleponom?

B. My telephone number is (360) 984 – 0217.

Ti teleponok ket (tallo, innem, awan) siam, walo, uppat - awan, dua, maysa pito.

A. What is your house (apartment) number?

Ania ti bilang/numero ti balaymo(pagtaengan)

B. My house (apartment) number is 10456.

Ti bilang (numero) ti balayko (pagtaengak) ket maysa, awan, uppat, lima, innem.

5. Give your telephone number, house number, and apartment number in Ilokano. Use the model

below. My telephone number is… Ti bilang ti teleponok ket… My house number is… Ti bilang ti balayko ket… My apartment number is… Ti bilang ti pagtaengak nga up-upaan ket …

6. Pretend that you are in the hospital. Your classmate is a medical receptionist who wants to know your name, your telephone number, and your house number. Role-play the dialogue using Exercise 4 as a model. Rosita (Medical Receptionist): Ania ti bilang ti teleponom, Luis? What is your telephone number, Luis? Luis: Ti teleponok ket (tallo, innem, awan) siam, walo, uppat, awan, dua, maysa, pito. My telephone is (360) 984-0217. Rosita: Ania ti bilang/numero ti balaymo, Luis? What is the number of your house, Luis?

36

Luis: Maysa, awan, uppat, lima, innem, Rosita. One, zero, four, five, six, Rosita Rosita: Agyamanak, Luis. Thanks, Luis. Luis: Awan aniamanna, Rosita. No problem, Rosita.

7. Listen to the sentences and write down the missing numbers you hear. Model: Ti bilang ti teleponok ket lima, innem, pito, walo, uppat. 1. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket innem, pito,____, innem, lima, tallo 2. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket uppat, tallo, dua, _____, awan, maysa. 3. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket walo, siam, innem, uppat, lima, _____, 4. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket uppat, _____, awan, innem, siam, dua. 5. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket siam, pito, walo, _____, innem, uppat, lima.

Grammar notes: Ilokano numbers follow a decimal system. Numbers beyond nine are developed by counting in terms of the following “base ten” groups. Pulo Group of ten Gasut Group of one hundred Ribu Group of one thousand Laksa Group of ten thousand Riwriw Group of one million Number Notes: Numbers from 11 to 99 are counted by joining the cardinal numbers from one to nine (separated by the ligature “a” if the number ends in a consonant) with the number ten, “pulo.” “Duapulo” is twenty: dua (2) multiplied by pulo (10) is 20. Tallopulo is a set of three tens, so “tallopulo” is equal to 30. The conjunction “ket,” which means “and,” is used to join numbers. For example, “tallopulo ket pito” is “three tens and seven” or 37. Numbers from 11 to 19 also use the prefix “sanga.” “Seventeen” in Ilokano is “sangapulo ket pito.”

8. Listen as the speaker says the numbers 11 to 19. Repeat after the speaker. They are recorded at a slower rate and at a normal rate of speech. Ilokano Spanish 11 eleven Sangapulo ket maysa Onse 12 twelve Sangapulo ket dua Dose 13 thirteen Sangapulo ket tallo Trese 14 fourteen Sangapulo ket uppat Katorse 15 fifteen Sangapulo ket lima Kinse

37

16 sixteen Sangapulo ket innem Disisais 17 seventeen Sangapulo ket pito Disisiete 18 eighteen Sangapulo ket walo Disiotso 19 nineteen Sangapulo ket siam Disinuebe 20 twenty Duapulo Beinte

9. Read the following numbers in Ilokano and Spanish: 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 Ilokano Spanish 21 twenty-one Duapulo ket maysa Beinte uno 22 twenty-two Duapulo ket dua Beinte dos 23 twenty-three Duapulo ket tallo Beinte tres 24 twenty-four Duapulo ket uppat Beinte kuatro 25 twenty-five Duapulo ket lima Beinte singko 26 twenty-six Duapulo ket innem Beinte sais 27 twenty-seven Duapulo ket pito Beinte siete 28 twenty-eight Duapulo ket walo Beinte otso 29 twenty-nine Duapulo ket siam Beinte nuebe

10. Read the texts and translate into English. Check your work with the answer key. 1. Dalmacio ti naganko. Agnanaedak idiay Laoag. Weytresak. Adda balayko. Ti bilang ti balayko ket duapulo ket maysa (21). 2. Soldado ni Mario. Agnanaed isuna inti patakder nga pagtaengan. Ti bilang ti pagtaenganna ket duapulo ket lima (25). 3. Modesta ti naganna. Maestra isuna. Agnanaed isuna inti balay. Ti bilang ti balayna ket sangapulo ket innem (16). 4. Addaan ti balayda Bongbong ken Ana idiay Naga. Ti bilang ti balayda ket sangapulo ket uppat (14).

11. Listen to the speaker and circle the number you hear in each row. Check the answer key. A. 1 - 10 - 21 B. 2 - 12 - 22 C. 3 - 13 - 23 D. 4 - 14 - 24 E. 5 - 15 - 25 F. 6 - 16 - 26 G. 7 - 17 - 2 H. 8 - 18 - 28 I. 9 - 19 - 2

38

The number 100 is “sangagasut.” Gasut is a group of hundred, so “duagasut” simply means 2 groups of one hundred. Simple math will give you this formula: 2 x 100 = 200.

12. Listen to the next set of numbers, spoken both slowly and at a normal rate of speech. Repeat after the speaker. Ilokano Spanish 30 thirty Tallopulo Trenta 40 forty Uppat a pulo Kuarenta 50 fifty Limapulo Singkuenta 60 sixty Innem a pulo Sesenta 70 seventy Pitopulo Setenta 80 eighty Walopulo Otsenta 90 ninety Siam a pulo Nobenta 100 one hundred Sangagasut Sien

Note: The prefix “sanga” is used to denote one group of one hundred. The syllable “a” is used for numbers that end with a consonant, i.e., Uppat a pulo, Innem a pulo, Siam a pulo. When a number ends with a vowel, “a” is not included. 13. Recite the following numbers in Ilokano. 30, 31, 40, 42, 50, 53, 60, 64, 70, 75, 80, 86, 90, 97, 100.

14. Listen to several short exchanges asking about ages. Repeat after the speaker. 1. A. How old are you? Mano ti tawenmo? B. I am 32 years old. Tallopulo ket dua ti tawenko. 2. A. How old is he? Mano ti tawenna ? B. He is 11. Sangapulo ket maysa isuna. 3. A. How old is she? Mano ti tawenna? B. She is 86 years old. Walopulo ket innem ti tawenna. 4. A. Is she 34 years old? Tallopulo ket uppat kadi ti tawenna? B. No, she is 35. Saan, tallopulo ket lima isuna. 5. A. Are you 21? Duapulo ket maysaka kadi? B. Yes, I am 21. Wen, duapulo ket maysaak. 6. A. What is your age? Mano ti tawenmo? B. I am 47. Uppat a pulo ket pitoak.

15. Read the above dialogues again. Work in pairs and role-play the dialogues with a classmate.

39

16. Tell your classmates in Ilokano how old you are and ask them about their age.

17. Listen and match the age with the name. Susana 11 Carlina 52 Juan 43 Rosita 29 Nicanor 72

40

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the following statements in Ilokno. Answer the questions. Pause or replay the audio as necessary until you understand the relevant information. A. Kumusta, Samuel ti naganko. Duapulo ket innem ti tawenko. Opisyalak ti Pulis. 1. Ania ti naganna? 2. Mano ti tawenna? 3. Ania ti pagsapulanna?

B. Doroteo ti naganna. Uppat a pulo ti tawenna. Soldado isuna.

1. Ania ti naganna? 2. Mano ti tawennna? 3. Ania ti pagsapulanna?

C. Ana ti naganna. Uppat a pulo ket uppat isuna. Maestra isuna.

1. Ania ti naganna? 2. Mano ti tawenna? 3. Ania ti pagsapulanna? Note: “Naganna” is “his name.” The suffix, “na” appears after the noun nagan (name) to form the possessive pronoun “his” in the above context. The suffix “na’ is the shortened version of “isuna,” which mean his/her or he/she. 2. Recite the following in Ilokano. Ask what day it is. Ania ti aldawna itatta? Say, “What is the day tomorrow?” Ania ti aldaw inton bigat? Ask someone’s age. Mano ti tawenmo? Say how old you are. Duapulo ket maysa ti tawenko.

41

Vocabulary List Day Aldaw Today Itatta nga aldaw Year Tawen Monday Lunes Tuesday Martes Wednesday Mierkules Thursday Huebes Friday Biernes Saturday Sabado Sunday Dominggo Telephone Telepono Number Bilang; Numero Age Tawen; Edad Old Baket; Lakay How old are you? Mano ti tawenmo(edadmo)? What day is it today? Ania ti aldaw itatta? Today is Monday. Itatta nga aldaw ket Lunes;

Lunes itatta nga aldaw. I am 25 years old. Duapulo ket lima ti tawenko (edadko). 0 zero Awan 1 one Maysa 2 two Dua 3 three Tallo 4 four Uppat 5 five Lima 6 six Innem 7 seven Pito 8 eight Walo 9 nine Siam 10 ten Sangapulo 11 eleven Sangapulo ket maysa 12 twelve Sangapulo ket dua 13 thirteen Sangapulo ket tallo 14 fourteen Sangapulo ket uppat 15 fifteen Sangapulo ket lima 16 sixteen Sangapulo ket innem 17 seventeen Sangapulo ket pito 18 eighteen Sangapulo ket walo 19 nineteen Sangapulo ket siam 20 twenty Duapulo 21 twenty-one Duapulo ket maysa 22 twenty-two Duapulo ket dua 23 twenty-three Duapulo ket tallo 24 twenty-four Duapulo ket uppat 25 twenty-five Duapulo ket lima

42

26 twenty-six Duapulo ket innem 27 twenty-seven Duapulo ket pito 28 twenty-eight Duapulo ket walo 29 twenty-nine Duapulo ket siam 30 thirty Tallopulo 40 forty Uppat a pulo 50 fifty Lima pulo 60 sixty Innem a pulo 70 seventy Pito pulo 80 eighty Walo pulo 90 ninety Siam a pulo 100 one hundred Sangagasut

43

Answer Key 7. Model: Ti bilang ti teleponok ket lima, innem, pito, walo, uppat 1. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket innem, pito, apat, anim, lima, tatlo. 2. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket uppat, lima, dua, lima, awan, maysa. 3. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket walo, siam, innem, uppat, lima, awan. 4. Ti bilang ti teleonok ket uppat, tallo, awan, innem, sima, dua. 5. Ti bilang ti teleponok ket siam, pito, walo dua, innem, uppat lima. 10.

1. My name is Dalmacio, I live in Laoag. I am a waitress. Ihave a house. My house number is 21. 2. Mario is a soldier. He lives in an apartment building. His apartment number is 25. 3. Her name is Modesta. She is a teacher. She lives in a house. Her house number is 16. 4. Bongbong and Ana have a house in Naga. Their house number is 14.

11. A. 10 - Sangapulo B. 12 – Sangapulo et dua C. 13 – Sangapulo ket tallo D. 24 – Duapulo ket uppat E. 5 -- Lima F. 16 – Sangapulo ket innem G. 27 – Duapulo ket pito H. 18 – Sangapulo ket walo I. 29 -Duapulo ket siam 17. Sandra - 52(Limapulo) Nicanor - 43(Uppat a pulo ket tallo) Carlina - 11(Sangapulo ket maysa) Rosita - 72(Pitopulo ket dua) Juan - 30(Tallopulo) Limapulo ket dua ti tawen ni Susana. Sangapulo ket maysa ti tawen ni Carlina inton Biernes. Tallopulo kadi ti tawen ni Juan? Saan, duapulo ket siam isuna. Pitopulo ket dua ti tawen ni Rosita. Mano ti tawen ni Nicanor? Uppat a pulo ket tallo isuna.

44

End-Of-Lesson Tasks 1. A.1. Samuel 2. Duapulo ket innem 3. Opisyal ti Pulis B.1. Doroteo 2. Uppat a pulo 3. Soldado C. 1. Ana 2. Uppat a pulo ket uppat 3. Maestro

45

Lesson 4 Inaldaw Nga Ar-aramiden

Daily Activities

This lesson will introduce you to: - How to ask for and tell time - Typical daily activities - The verbs “to go,” “to study,” “to play,” “to work,” “to watch,” “to read,” “to eat,” and

“to get up” - Past tense of the verbs.

Both Spanish and Ilokano are used when telling time. The hour is expressed by using the Ilokano term “alas” followed by the appropriate Spanish number. For example, 3:00 is expressed as “alas tres.” Minutes are also expressed with Spanish numbers. When giving time in hours and minutes, speakers may include the optional Ilokano conjunction “y,” which means “and.” For example, 2:15pm may be expressed with the conjunction, as in “alas dos y kinse” or without, “alas dos kinse”. Both are acceptable and understandable. However, when expressing the 30-minute mark with the term “media” (“half”) you must use “y.” 5:30 may be expressed as “alas singko y media” (literally translated as “five and half”; or as “alas singko treinta” (which translates as “five thirty.”) Examples: 3:00 - Alas tres 4:20 - Alas kuatro bainte/Alas kuatro y bainte 5:00 - Alas singko 5:30 - Alas singko y media or Alas singko treinta a. The following common phrases are used when expressing time. 1. iti bigat - in the morning/am 2. iti malem - in the afternoon/pm 3. iti aldaw - during the day 4. iti sardam - in the evening/pm 5. iti rabii - at night 6. iti tenga’t aldaw - at noon 7. apagisu nga - exactly at 8. segundo - second 9. minuto - minute 10. Ania ti orasen? - What time is it? 11. Alas diesen! - It’s ten o’clock already! 12. media - half (past the hour) 13. kuarto - quarter of an hour 14. menos - minus (less the specified minutes) 15. walo minuto kalpasan ti alas dos ti malem - 8 minutes after 2:00pm

46

16. walo minuto kasakbay- an ti alas dos ti malem - 8 minutes before 2:00pm 17. malpas/sakbay - after/before 18. inton bigat - tomorrow 19. idi kalman - yesterday 20. idi napalabas a bulan - last month

b. Study the following examples which use the expressions above: 1. Nangan isuna ti pammigat iti a las otso iti bigat. He ate (took) breakfast at 8:00 in the morning. 2. Simmangpet isuna apagisu nga a las dies iti rabii. He arrived exactly at 10:00 in the evening. The Ilokano word “iti” is a preposition that has several functions based on the context. 1. “Iti” means “in the” when it precedes a term for a part of a day such as morning or afternoon. For example, “iti bigat” means “in the morning.” 2. “Iti” means “at” when it precedes a specific time. For example, “iti a las otso” means “at 8:00.” 3. When “iti” precedes a day of the week or a month, it expresses past time. For example, the phrase, “iti Lunes” means “last Monday.” Sometimes “iti” is shortened to “ti” when speaking, i.e., ti bigat, ti tenga’t aldaw or ti malem. “Tenga’t” is a shortened equivalent of “tenga iti”.

1. Listen as the speaker tells time in Ilokano. Repeat after the speaker.

What time is it? It is four o’clock. What time is it? It is four fifteen.

Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro. Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro kinse

What time is it? It is four thirty. What time is it? It is four forty-five.

Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro ‘y media Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro kuarenta’y singko

47

What time is it? It is three twenty. What time is it? It is three forty. Ania ti orasen? A las tres bainte. Ania ti orasen? A las tres kuarenta.

2. What time is it? Fill in the clock faces with the correct times according to how they are listed in Ilokano below. Check your work with the answer key. A. Alas tres ‘y media iti malem B. Alas otso kuarenta’y singko iti bigat C. Menos dies kalpasan ti alas sais D. Alas nuebe E. Alas onse trenta iti malem F. Ala una singkuenta’y singko G. Alas dose iti tenga’t aldaw H. Alas kuatro kinse

A. B. C. D.

E. F. G. H.

48

3. Listen to the following exchanges and identify the clock time mentioned in each. Check your answers.

A. 8:15 - 9:00

B. 9:50 - 9:15 C. 5:10 - 8:50 D. 4:13 - 4:30 E. 7: 50 - 7:10

Compose dialogues according to the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups. Use the times listed below. Model: A. - Ania ti orasen?? B. - Alas dos. 8:00 am 7:15 am 10:30 am 2:10 pm 4:45 pm 6:50 pm 12:00 11:05 4. Read the following dialogue of a telephone conversation between Antonio and Alma. Role-play the characters. Check the answer key for an English translation. Dialogue 1 Antonio: Naimbag a bigatmo, Alma!

Alma: Naimbag a bigatmo met, Antonio! Antonio: Ania ti oras a mapanka idiay Manila?

Alma: Siguro, alas otso ti bigat inton bigat.

Dialogue 2 (Continuation) Antonio: Kunakla no alas siete kinse ita a bigat. Alma: Saan ta naladaw unayen no alas siete kinse iti bigat. Antonio: Adu pay gayam ti orasmo nga agpasiar idiay tiendaan. Alma: Adda orasko inton alas dies ‘y media ita a bigat. Antonio: Dagasenkanto laengen iti alas dos dies iti malem. Alma: Sige ngarud Antonio, alas dos dies ita a malem.

49

Dialogue 3 Antonio: Siguro agbuyatanto ti sine. Mangrugi iti alas kuatro kuarenta’y singko, ken alas sais singkuenta ita a rabii. Adda pabuya pay iti alas onse singko ken alas dose ti sumaruno nga aldaw. Alma: Agyamanak unay, Antonio. Agpakadaakon! I go Mapanak. I study Agadalak. you go Mapanka. you study Agadalka. he goes Mapan isuna/isu. he studies Agadal isuna. we go Mapankami. we study Agadalkami. you go Mapan kayo. you study Agadal kayo they go Mapan isuda. they study Agadal isuda. I work Agtrabahoak. I watch Agbantayak you work Agtrabahoka. you watch Agbantayka he works Agtrabaho isuna. he watches Agbantay isuna we work Agtrabaho kami we watch Agbantaykami. you work Agtrabaho kayo. you watch Agbantay kayo. they work Agtrabaho isuda. they watch Agbantay isuda. I eat Manganak. I read Agbasaak. you eat Manganka. you read Agbasaka. he eats Mangan isuna he reads Agbasa isuna. we eat Mangankami. we read Agbasakami. you eat Mangankayo you read Agbasakayo. they eat Mangan isuda they read Agbasa isuda. I play Agay-ayamak. I get up Bumangonak. you play Agay-ayamka. you get up Bumangonka. he plays Agay-ayam isuna. he gets up Bumangon isuna we play Agay-ayamkami we get up Bumangonkami you play Agay-ayamkayo. you get up Bumangon kayo. they play Agay-ayam isuda. they get up Bumangon isuda.

50

Grammar Notes: a. Ilokano verbs (with few exceptions) are developed by adding a prefix to a root word. The most common prefix is “ag” which can transform nouns into the infinitive form of the verb. Study the change in meaning of words with and without the prefix “ag”. Root Meaning Prefix ag+root Meaning bilang count agbilang to count piano piano agpiano to play the piano sao word, language agsao to speak kansion song agkansion to sing sipilio/sipilyo toothbrush agsipilyo/ to brush teeth agsipilio b. The prefixes ag-, maka-, mang-, and the infix –um- form intransitive verbs; whereas, prefixes ka-, and i-, and the suffixes –an and –en form transitive verbs. Intransitive verbs use the –ak pronoun, while transitive verbs use the –ko pronoun. Study the following examples: a. -ak Pronouns 1. napan (went) Napanak idiay Tagaytay. (I went to Tagaytay.) 2. nagsurat(wrote) Nagsuratak ken ni nanang. (I wrote mother.) b. -ko Pronouns 1. inted (gave) Intedko ti regalo ken Maria. (I gave the gift to Maria.) 2. imbarsak (threw) Imbarsakko ti bola. (I threw the ball.) 3. ginatang (bought) Ginatangko ti tiket. (I bought the ticket.)

5. Listen to the short statements that describe each activity in the pictures below. Repeat after the speaker. Pay attention to new verbs and other new vocabulary.

They play basketball.

Agay-ayamda ti baskitbol. She goes to the market.

Mapmapan isuna iti tiendaan.

51

They study at school.

Agad-adal isuda idiay eskuelaan. She works in the hospital.

Agtartarabaho isuna idiay ospital.

He plays soccer.

Agay-ayam isuna ti saker. The girl eats lunch.

Mangmangan ti pangngaldaw ti ubing a babai.

The man reads a book.

Agbasbasa ti libro ti lalaki. The woman watches television.

Agbuybuya ti telebision ti babai.

52

6. Listen to the following statements in Ilokano and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook. Replay the audio if necessary. A. The boy goes to school at 7:30. Mapmapan iti eskuelaan ti ubing a lalaki ti alas siete y

media. B. The man eats breakfast at seven o’clock.

Mangmangan ti pammigat iti lalaki ti alas siete.

C. The woman watches television in the evening.

Agbuybuya ti telebision ti babai ti sarsardam.

D. The girl studies at home in the afternoon.

Agad-adal ti ubing a babai iti malem idiay balay .

E. Gloria goes to the market in the morning.

Mapmapan ti tiendaan ni Gloria iti bigat.

F. Gregorio plays soccer on Friday. Agay-ayam ti saker ni Gregorio iti Biernes. G. I get up at 7:00. Bumangbangonak iti alas siete.

Grammar Note: The prepositions to, at, in, and on have the same functions in Ilokano as in English. A preposition denotes location or direction. The preposition “iti” has many meanings depending on the context of the sentence. Examples: 1. to - iti He went to the market. Napan isuna iti tiendaan. (“Iti” in this context, denotes direction.) 2. at (idiay; iti asideg ti) The children are at the river. Adda dagiti ububbing idiay karayan. 3. in (iti uneg ti) The wallet is in his pocket. Adda iti uneg ti bulsana ti pitaka. 4. on (iti rabaw) The book is on the table. Ti libro ket adda iti rabaw ti lamisaan.

53

7. Match the following sentences with the pictures below. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. Sumsumrekak ti eskuelaan iti alas nuebe y media. 2. Mangmanganda ti pammigat iti alas siete. 3. Agad-adalkami iti bigat. 4. Agbasbasa isuna ti libro iti sarsardam.

#______________ #_______________

#____________ #_________________ 8. Read the following text and answer the questions in Ilikano. Check the answer key for an English translation of the text and answers to the questions. Maysa nga estudyante ni Benito. Agbasbasa isuna iti eskuelaan. Bumangbangon nga inaldaw isuna iti alas siete kinse. Agpampamigat isuna iti alas siete y media. Sumsumrek ti eskuelaan iti alas otso. Kalpasan ti panagad-adal, agay-ayam isuna ti baskitbol. Agbasbasa isuna ti liblibro ken abuybuya ti telebision iti sarsardam. Saan nga agbasbasa ni Benito iti Sabado ken Dominggo. 1. Maysa kadi a maestro ni Benito? 2. Sadinno ti pagad-adalanna? 3. Ania oras nga bumangbangon isuna? 4. Ania oras isuna a mangmangan ti pammigat? 5. Ania oras nga sumsumrek isuna iti eskuelaan? 6. Ania oras nga agay-ayam isuna iti baskitbol? 7. Ania ti ar-aramidenna iti sarsardam? 8. Agbasbasa kadi isuna iti Sabado ken Dominggo?

54

9. Rearrange the following statements into a logical order for a daily schedule. Check the answer key for a suggested answer. 1. Mapmapanak mangaldaw a kaduak ti gagay- yemko. 2. Agbuybuyaak ti telebision. 3. Sumsumrekak iti eskuelaan. 4. Mangmanganak ti pangrabii a kaduak ti gagayyemko. 5. Agay-ayamak ti baskitbol. 6. Mangmanganak ti pammigat. 7. Agad-adalak idiay balay.

10. Tell your partner about your daily schedule. Use the words and word combinations given below. Inaldaw bumangon mangan pammigat sumrek ti trabaho mangan pangaldaw agay-ayam baskitbol mapan tiendaan agbasa ti libro agbuya ti telebision iti sardam

11. Listen to the five short statements. Circle the English statement that is the equivalent of each Ilokano statement you hear. Replay the audio as many times as you need. 1. A. I play soccer after school.

B. I play soccer after dinner. C. I play soccer after work.

2. A. She goes to the market in the evening.

B. She goes to the market in the afternoon. C. She goes to the market in the morning.

3. A. I go to work in the morning. B. I go to school in the morning. C. I go to the market in the morning. 4. A. I study at home on Saturday. B. I play soccer at home on Saturday. C. I eat breakfast at home on Saturday. 5. A. He watches television in the afternoon.

B. He watches television in the evening. C. He watches television in the morning.

55

I went Napanak. I studied Nagadalak. you went Napanka you studied Nagadalka. he went Napan isuna. he studied Nagadal isuna we went Napankami. we studied Nagadalkami. you went Napankayo. you studied Nagadalkayo they went Napanda. they studied Nagadalda I worked Nagtrabahoak I watched Binantayak you worked Nagtrabahoka you watched Binantayam he worked Nagtrabaho isuna he watched Binantayanna we worked Nagtrabahokami we watched Binantayanmi you worked Nagtrabahokayo you watched Binantayanyo they worked Nagtrabahoda they watched Binantayanda I ate Nanganak I read Nagbasaak you ate Nanganka you read Nagbasaka he ate Nangan isuna he read Nagbasa isuna we ate Nangankami we read Nagbasakami you ate Nangankayo you read Nagbasakayo they ate Nanganda they read Nagbasada I played Nagay-ayamak I got up Bimmangonak you played Nagay-ayamka you got up Bimmangonka he played Nagay-ayam isuna he got up Bimmangon isuna we played Nagay-ayamkami we got up Bimmangonkami you played Nagay-ayamkayo you got up Bimmangonkayo they played Nagay-ayamda they got up Bimmangonda

Grammar Notes: Ilokano verbs have four forms: - Infinitive form indicates commands and non-finite clauses. - Past form indicates actions that are complete. - Present form indicates ongoing actions. - Future form indicates future action. Present tense verbs are formed with a Consonant-Vowel-Consonant (CVC) reduplication. Future tense verbs add the suffix “–to” to verbs that end in a consonant and –nto to verbs that end in a vowel. Infinitive Past Present Future agsurat nagsurat agsursurat agsuratto (to write) (wrote) (writing) (will write) punasan pinunasan punpunasan punasanto (to wipe) (wiped) (wiping) (will wipe)

mangan nangan mangmangan manganto (to eat) (ate) (eating) (will eat)

56

12. Read the following sentences and translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key. 1. Napanak idiay eskuelaan idi kalman. 2. Nagbaskitbolak ken gagayyemko idi napalabas a tawen. 3. Napankami naggatgatang iti napalabas a lawas. 4. Addaak idiay iti alas nuebe idi kalman. 5. Nangankam ti pangrabii iti alas sais idi kalman. 6. Nagadal ti lalaki nga ubing iti musika ken matimatika idiay pagadalan idi napalabas a tawen. 7. Nagbuya idi kalman ti telebision ti ubing a babai. 8. Nagbasaak ti libro idi napalabas nga Dominggo. 9. Addaak idiay Manila iti napalabas a tawen. 10. Nagkabalaykami idiay Laoag iti dua a tawen a napalabas. yesterday - idi kalman last year/week/Sunday - napan a tawen/lawas/Dominggo a year ago - napan a maysa a tawen 13. Complete the following sentences using the verbs located in the box below. Check your answers with the answer key. nagadal nagay-ayam nagbuya bimmangon napan nagtrabaho nangan Example:

Nagmula + ak (I planted.) Planted + I Nagmulaak ti kamatis idi Mierkules. I planted tomatoes last Wednesday.

57

1. ________________ak iti alas siete idi kalman. 2. ________________ak ti pammigat agraman dagiti dadakkelko. 3. ________________ak naggatang idi napalabas nga Dominggo. 4. ________________ak ti basketbol idi Lunes. 5. ________________ak ti telebisyon idi kalman. 6. ________________ak idiay otel idi napalabas a tawen. 7. ________________ak idiay pagadalan tallo a tawen ti napalabas. 8. ________________ak idiay Cebu idi napalabas a lawas.

14. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Make up similar dialogues using the words and word combinations given below. Work in pairs or in small groups. Check the answer key for an English translation of the dialogue. A. Ania ti inaramidmo idi kalman? B. Nagbuyaak iti telebision idi kalman. A. Kasano ti kabayagmo nga nagbuya ti telebision idi kalman? B. Maysa nga oras. 15. Make up similar dialogues using the words and word combinations given below. Work in pairs or in small groups. 1. idi kalman – agbuya ti telebision- iti libro maysa nga oras 6. napalabas maysa a tawen – agay-ayam ti 2. idi kalman – aggatang – dua nga oras baskitbol – innem nga lawas 3. napalabas nga tawen – agtrabaho idiay 7. napalabas maysa a tawen – masapul idiay otel – uppat nga lawas Pilipinas – dua a lawas 4. napalabas nga tawen – agadal idiay eskuelaan – walo a lawas 5. napalabas nga Dominggo – agbasa

58

Read the dialogues. Pair together and assume one of the character roles in the dialogue. Dialogue 1 Luming: Ania ti inaramidmo idi kalman, Josefa? What did you do yesterday, Josefa? Josefa: Nagbuyaak ti telebision iti maysa nga oras idi kalman. I watched television for one hour yesterday. Josefa: Ket sika, ania ti inaramidmo met? And you? What did you do also? Luming: Napanak naggatang idi kalman idiay tiendaan iti dua nga oras. I went shopping yesterday in the market for two hours. Dialogue 2 Ipe: Nagtrabahoka kadi idiay otel idi napalabas a tawen, Gonyang? You worked in a hotel last year, Gonyang?

Gonyang: Wen, nagtrabahoak idiay otel iti uppat a lawas laeng. Kayatko koma ti agtrabaho manen. Ket sika? Yes, I worked in the hotel for four weeks only. I would like to work there again. And you? Ipe: Kayatko ti agadal idiay eskuelaan ti walo a lawas laeng. Nagadalak idi ngem kurang ti oras. Kayatko nga ituloy. I want to study in school for eight weeks only. I studied before but time was short. I want to continue. Dialogue 3 Ireneo: Kumusta, Heling! Ania ti inaramidmo idi napalabas a Dominggo? Hello, Heling! What did you do last Sunday? Heling: Nagbasaak ti libro ti maysa nga oras. Agpada ti inaramidko idi Dominggo. Sika, ania ti inaramidmo idi napalabas a tawen? I read a book for one hour. I did the same last Sunday. You, what did do a year ago? Ireneo: Itatta, kayatko ti agay-ayam ti baskitbol iti innem a lawas. Adda salisal ti baskitbol a kasla idi napalabas a tawen. Ania ti planom ita, Heling? Today, I like to play basketball for six weeks. There is a contest in basketball just like the past year. What is your plan this time, Heling? Heling: Kayatko koma ti adda idiay Pilipinas uray no dua a lawas laeng. Idi napalabas a tawen, awan napanak a pulos. I would like to be in the Philippines even for two weeks only. A year ago, I did not go anywhere.

59

Vocabulary: plan - plano went shopping - napan naggatang your plan - planom watched TV - nagbuya ti contest - salisal telebision did not go anywhere - awan napanak a pulos same - agpada I did the same - Agpada ti inaramidko. last year - napalabas a tawen

60

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the following statements read in Ilokano. Circle the times you hear. 1. 6:30 - 5:30 2. 6:00 - 7:00 3. 9:30 - 8:30 4. 5:30 - 5:45 5. in the morning - in the evening 6. 6:00 - 8:00

2. Read and listen to the following text in Ilokano. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements that are written below the text. Check your answer with the answer key. Kumusta! Nestor ti naganko. Agnaedak idiay Ilagan. Adda bassit a balayko. Maestroak idiay Isabela Elementary School. Matimatika ken Musika ti isursurok. Inaldawak nga bumangbangon iti alas sais ti bigat. Manganak pammigat ken sumrekak ti pag-eskuelaan. Addaak ti eskuelaan iti alas otso ti bigat. Iti Martes ken Huebes, agay-ayamak ti saker ti dua oras. Kalpasan eskuela, mapanak aggatgatang. Addaak iti balay ti alas singko. Iti sardam, agbuyaak ti TV ti maysa nga oras ken agbasa ti liblibro iti dua nga oras. 1. _______ The man lives in Ilagan. 2 ________He lives in a small house. 2. _______ He is a student. 3. _______ He studies math and music. 4. _______ Everyday he gets up at 6:00 a.m. 5. _______ He does not have breakfast. 6. _______He is at school at 8:00. 7. _______Nestor plays soccer on Saturday and Monday for 3 hours. 8. _______He goes shopping after work. 9. _______In the evening, he works for 2 hours. 3. Describe your daily schedule of activities, including the times in Ilokano. For example, start with what time you get up, then eat breakfast, etc. “I get up at 6:00 and eat breakfast at 6:30. I go to school at …..” 4. Find out what your partner did yesterday at 7:00 a.m., 7:30 a.m., 10:00 a.m., 1:00 p.m., 4:00 p.m., and 8:00 p.m., and how long each activity lasted. Work in pairs or in small groups.

61

Vocabulary List After Kalpasan; kalpasanna In the morning Iti bigat In the afternoon Iti malem In the evening Iti sardam Everyday Inaldaw; aldaw-aldaw Last week Idi lawasna; napalabas a lawas A year ago Napalabas iti maysa a tawen Last Sunday (Monday, Tuesday, etc.)

Idi Dominggo (Lunes, Martes ken dadduma pay)

At school Idiay eskuelaan Math Matimatika Music Musika Book Libro Breakfast Pammigat Lunch Pangaldaw Dinner Pangrabii Home Balay; Pagnaedan At home Idiay balay/Pagnaedan Market Tiendaan On Sunday (Monday, Tuesday…)

Iti Dominggo (Lunes, Martes . . . )

To go (to) Mapan (tapno) To go shopping Mapan aggatgatang To play soccer/basketball Agay-ayam ti saker/Baskitbol To watch television Agbuya ti telebision To eat breakfast (lunch, dinner)

Mangan ti pammigat; mamigat (pangaldaw, pangrabii)

To get up/wake up Bumangon/Agriiing To read Agbasa To study Agadal To work Agtrabaho What time is it? Ania ti oras(en)? It is three o’clock. Alas tres. When Kaano Man Lalaki Woman Babai Boy Ubing a lalaki Girl Ubing a babai

62

Answer key 2. A. three thirty p.m. E. eleven thirty p.m. Alas tres ‘y media iti malem Alas onse treinta iti malem B. eight forty-five a.m. F. thirteen fifty-five Alas otso kuarenta y singko iti bigat Ala una singkuenta y singko C. ten after six G. twelve noon Menos dies malpas ti alas sais Alas dose iti tenga’t aldaw D. zero nine hundred H. four fifteen Alas nuebe Alas kuatro kinse 3.

A. What time is it? It is 8:15 a.m. Ania ti orasen? Alas otso kinse iti bigat.

B What time is it? It’s 9:50. Ania ti orasen? Alas nuebe singkuenta.

C What time is it? It is 5:10. Ania ti orasen? Alas singko dies.

d. What time is it? It is 4:30 p.m. Ania ti orasen? Alas kuatro ‘y media iti malem.

e. What time is it? It is 7:10. Ania ti orasen? Alas siete dies

4. Read the following dialogue in a telephone between Antonio and Alma. Role-play the characters. Dialogue 1 Antonio: Naimbag a bigatmo, Alma! Good morning (to you), Alma!

Alma: Naimbag a bigatmo met, Antonio! Good morning too, Antonio!

Antonio: Ania ti oras a mapanka idiay Manila? What time are you going to Manila?

63

Alma: Siguro, alas otso ti bigat inton bigat. Probably, 8:00 in the morning tomorrow.

Dialogue 2 (Continuation) Antonio: Kunakla no alas siete kinse ita a bigat. I thought at 7:15 this morning. Alma; Saan ta naladaw unayen no alas siete kinse iti bigat. No, because it’s too late if it is 7:15 in the morning. Antonio: Adu pay gayam ti orasmo nga agpasiar idiay tiendaan. You still have time to take a walk at the market. Alma: Adda orasko inton alas dies ‘y media ita a bigat. I have time at 10:30 this morning. Antonio: Dagasenkanto laengen iti alas dos dies iti malem. I will just fetch you up at 2:10 in the afternoon. Alma: Sige ngarud Antonio, alas dos dies ita a malem. Alright Antonio, 2:10 this afternoon. Dialogue 3 Antonio: Siguro agbuyatanto ti sine. Mangrugi iti alas kuatro kuarenta’y singko, ken alas sais singkuenta ita a rabii. Adda pabuya pay iti alas onse singko ken alas dose ti sumaruno nga aldaw. Probably we will see a movie. It will start at 4:45 and 6:50 this evening. There is also a show at 11:05 and 12:00 the following day. Alma: Agyamanak unay, Antonio. Agpakadaakon! Thanks a lot, Antonio. Goodbye! 7. Picture #1. 3 Picture # 2. 1 Picture #3. 2 Picture# 4. 4 8. Benito is a student. He studies in school. Everyday he gets up at 7:15. He has breakfast at 7:30. He goes to school at 8:00 After school he plays basketball. He reads books and watches TV in the evening. Benito does not study on Saturday and Sunday.

1. Estudyante ni Benito 2. Agad-adal iti eskuelaan. 3. Bumangbangon iti alas siete kinse. 4. Mamigat iti alas siete ‘y media. 5. Sumsumrek ti pagadalan iti alas otso. 6. Agay-ayam ti baskitbol kalpasan ti eskuela.

64

7. Agbasbasa ti lilibro ken agbuybuya ti telebision iti sardam. 8. Saan nga agad-adal ni Benito iti Sabado ken Dominggo.

9.

1. I go to lunch with my friends. 2. I watch television. 3. I go to school. 4. I eat dinner with my friends. 5. I play basketball. 6. I eat breakfast. 7. I study at home.

6. I eat breakfast. 3. I go to school. 1. I go to lunch with my friends. 5. I play basketball. 4. I eat dinner with my friends. 7. I study at home. 2. I watch television.

11.

1. I play soccer after dinner. 2. She goes to the market in the morning. 3. I go to work in the morning.

4. I play soccer at home on Saturday. 5. He watches television in the afternoon. 1. Agay-ayamak ti saker kalpasan ti pangrabii. 2. Mapmapan isuna ti tiendaan iti bigat. 3. Mapmapanak agtrabaho iti bigat. 4. Agay-ayamak iti saker idiay balay ti Sabado. 5. Agbuy-buya isuna ti telebision iti malem.

12. 1. Yesterday I went to school. 2. Last year my friends and I played basketball. 3. They went shopping last week. 4. I was at home at 9:00 yesterday. 5. We ate dinner at 6:00 yesterday. 6. The boy studied music and math at school last year. 7. The girl watched television yesterday. 8. Last Sunday I read a book. 9. I was in Manila a year ago. 10. We had a house in Laoag two years ago.

65

13. studies played was watched got up went worked ate

1. I got up at 7:00 yesterday. 2. I ate breakfast with my parents. 3. I went shopping last Sunday 4. I played basketball last Monday. 5. I watched television yesterday. 6. I worked at the hotel last year. 7. I studied at school three years ago. 8. I was in Cebu last week. 9.

1. Bimmangonak iti alas siete idi kalman. 2. Nanganak ti pammigat agraman dagiti nagannak kaniak. 3. Napanak naggatang idi napalabas nga Dominggo. 4. Nagay-ayamak ti baskitbol idi Lunes. 5. Nagbuyaak ti telebisyon idi kalman. 6. Nagtrabahoak idiay otel idi napalabas a tawen. 7. Nagadalak idiay eskuelaan ti tallo a tawen ti napalabas. 8. Addaak idiay Cebu idi napalabas a lawas.

14.

A. What did you do yesterday? B. Yesterday, I watched television.

A How long did you watch television yesterday? B. One hour.

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1.

1. 6:30 2. 7:00 3. 9:30 4. 5:45 5. in the morning 6. 8:00

66

1. We eat breakfast at 6:30. 1. Mangankami ti pammigat iti alas sais y media.

2. I go to school at 7:00. 2. Sumrekak ti pagadalan iti alas siete. 3. You go to work at 9:30 3. Sumrekka ti trabaho iti alas nuebe y media. 4. He plays soccer at 5:45. 4. Agay-ayam ti saker isuna iti alas singko

kuarenta’y singko. 5. They went to the market in the morning.

Napanda idiay tiendaan iti bigat.

6. They watched television at 8:00. Nagbuyada ti telebisyon iti alas otso. 2. Hello! My name is Nestor. I live in Ilagan. I have a small house. I am a teacher at Isabela Elementary School. I teach math and music. Everyday, I get up at 6:00 a.m. I eat breakfast and go to school. I am at school at 8:00 a.m. On Tuesday and Thursday, I play soccer for 2 hours. After school, I go shopping. I am at home at 5:00. In the evening, I watch TV for an hour and read books for 2 hours. 1. T The man lives in Ilagan. 2. T He lives in a small house. 3. F He is a student. 4. T Everyday, He gets up at 6:00 a.m. 5. F He does not have breakfast.

6. T He is at school at 8:00. 7. F Nestor plays soccer on Saturday and Monday for 3 hours. 8. F He goes shopping after school.

9. F In the evening, he works for 2 hours.

67

Lesson 5 Panagtitipon Ti Pamilia

Meeting the Family

This lesson will introduce you to: - Kinship terms used for immediate and extended family - How to ask and answer simple questions about family members - The pronouns “who,” “this,” “that,” “these,” and “those”.

Introduction and Family Background: The Filipino family is basically composed of a father, a mother, children, and grandparents. The father is the head and financial provider. As head, he makes decisions and sees to it that things are carried through. The mother is in charge of all household matters but her primary responsibility is caring for the children. The children are inportant in the family-oriented Philippine culture because they are the link between the wife’s family and the husband’s. Grandparents are the most respected members of a Filipino family. The grandfather in particular plays an important role in decision-making. Younger members, and even those outside the family structure, often seek a grandfather’s opinions and advice. He is the top of the family hierarchy and is likened to an old tribal chief. The Filipino family is bilateral in that the relatives of both husband and wife share equal status. Again, it is the children who establish the bond for grandparents, uncles, aunts and down the line.

1. Look at these photos of families. Listen to the kinship terms and repeat after the speaker.

68

Family Pamilia Parents Nagannak; Dadakkel Mother Nanang; Nana; Ina Father Tatang; Tata; Ama Children Annak; An-annak; Ub-ubbing Daughter/daughters Anak a babai/An-annak a babbai Son/sons Anak a lalaki/An-annak a lallaki Grandparents Ap-apong; Lolo ken Lola Grandfather Apong a Lakay; Lolo Grandmother Apong a baket; Lola Sister/sisters Kabsat a babai/Kakabsat a babbai Brother/brothers Kabsat a lalaki/Kakabsat a lallaki

Grammar Notes: Ilokano Demonstratives and Interrogative Pronouns: a. Ilokano uses three spatial orientations in its demonstratives. Daytoy (Sing) - This - is used to denote the thing very near or close to the speaker. Dagitoy (Plu) - These – is used to denote things very near or close to the speaker.

Dayta (Sing) - That - is used to denote the thing near the addressee. Dagita (Plu) - Those – is used to denote things near the addressee.

Daydiay (Sing)- That - is used to denote the thing far from both the speaker and the addressee Dagidiay (Plu) -Those – is used to denote things far from both the speaker

and the addressee.

b. Study the following spatial orientations of the above demonstratives.

Proximal Medial Distal Singular daytoy dayta daydiay

Plural dagitoy dagita dagidiay

69

Examine the uses of the above demonstratives in sentences:

1. Kayatko daytoy lapis. I like this pencil. Kayatko dagitoy laplapis. I like these pencils. Note: “Daytoy” refers to a singular noun (pencil); “Dagitoy” refers to a plural noun (pencils). The plural noun “laplapis” agrees with “dagitoy”. The first syllable of the word, laplapis is reduplicated to form its plural. This applies to most Ilokano nouns.

c. Ilokano Interrogatives Asino/Asinno/Sinno - are interrogatives similar to “who.” Asino appears in the initial predicate position in questions. Examples: Asino ti immay? - Who came? Asinno ti agkanta? - Who is going to sing?

2. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat them after the speaker. Role-play the dialogues using the pictures above. 1. A. Who is this? 1.A. Asinno daytoy? B. This is my mother. B. Daytoy ti nanangko. 2. A. Who is that? 2.A. Asinno dayta? B. That is my sister. B.Dayta ti kabsatko a babai. 3. A. Who are these? 3.A. Asinno dagitoy? B. These are my parents. B. Dagitoy ti nagannak kaniak. 4. A. Who are those? 4.A. Asinno dagidiay? B. Those are my grandparents. B. Dagidiay ket ap- pongko.

3. Read and translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer key. 1. Addaanda nanang ken tatangko ti anak a lalaki ken dua ti annak a babbai. 2. Nakikipagnaedak kadagiti ap-apongko iti dakkel a balay. 3. Agnanaed ti dadakkelna idiay Quezon City. Trabahadores isuda.

70

4. Dua ti kakabsatko a lallaki. Sosoldado isuda. Agnanaedda idiay kampo militaria. 5. Adda kabsatna a babai. Tessie ti naganna. 6. Agtawen ti tallopulo ti kabsatko a lalaki. Adda anakna nga lalaki ken anak nga babai.

4. Tell about your mother/ father/sister/grandfather/grandmother/sister/brother according to the scheme below: 1. Name (Nagan) 2. Age (Tawen) 3. Occupation (Pagsapulan) 4. Home (City and type of residence). Lugar ti Pagnaedan (Siudad ken klase nga Pagtaengan) Model: Daytoy ti tatangko. Felipe ti naganna. Uppat a pulo ket walo ti tawenna. Maestro isuna. Agnanaed isuna idiay Ilagan. Adda balayna a bassit. Model: This is my father. His name is Felipe. He is 48 years old. He is a teacher. He lives in Ilagan. He has a small house. 5. Reproduce the questions to the following answers. Check your work with the answer key. 1. ________________________________ Wen, daytoy ti kabsatko a lalaki. 2. ________________________________ Antonio ti naganna. 3. ________________________________ Agnanaed isuna idiay Davao. 4. _________________________________ Doktor isuna. 5. _________________________________ Mapmapan isuna ti trabaho iti Lunes.. 6. _________________________________ Saan, agay-ayam isuna ti bisbol iti Martes

6. Listen to the audio. Circle the word you hear. Check your work with the answer key.

1. mother - father

2. daughter - son 3. family - parents

71

4. children - grandparents 5. sister - brother 6. grandmother - grandfather

1. nanang - tatang

2. anak a babai - anak a lalaki 3. pamilia - nagannak 4. an-annak - appo 5. kabsat a babai - kabsat a lalaki 6. lola/apong a baket - lolo/apong a lakay

7. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook. Husband Asawa a lalaki Wife Asawa a babai Married Naasawaan/adda ti asawana Unmarried/single Balasang/Baro

8. Fill in the blanks using the words written in the boxes below. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. anak a lalaki agtawen ti lima agtawen ti tallopulo isu(na) naasawaan isu(na) doktor Ti kabsatko nga lalaki ket ____________. Ti asawana ket _____________. Gloria ti nagan __________. Isuna ket ___________. Addaanda ti ______________. Isuna ket __________. Ti nagan_______ ket Juancho. 2. naasawaan isu(na) agtawen walo annak a babbai isu(na) kabsat a babai agtawen sangapulo soldado na(da) Ni Paulina ket addaan ti _________________. Amalia ti naganna. _______________ isuna. ________________ ti asawana. Ti _______________ ket Romeo. Addaanda ti dua nga _____________________________. Hilda ken Norma ti _________________. ____________________________ ni Hilda. ____________________ ni Norma.

72

9. Make up short stories in Ilokano about the people listed below. Check the answer key for possible answers.. 1. Ana – naasawaan, agtawen ti tallopulo ket maysa, trabahador ti asawana, maysa ti anakna a lalaki ken maysa ti anakna a babai. 2. Benjamin – naasawaan, agtawen ti duapulo ket walo, ti asawana, maysa a maestra, awan ti annakda. 3. Maria – agmaymaysa, agtawen duapulo, agnaed iti nagannakna, maysa nga estudyante , maysa nga kabsat a lalaki

10. Listen to several short dialogues as people answer questions about their family members. Circle the correct answer for each question. Check your work with the answer key. 1. She is my mother / sister / grandmother. 2. No, she is single / a doctor / 25 years old. 3. She/He is my wife / my husband / my father 4. Yes, he is married / single / a soldier. 5. They are my parents / my children / my grandparents. 6. They live in the barracks / in the tent / in the apartment. 7. Yes, I have 2 brothers / 2 sisters / 2 sons. 8. That is my wife / mother / husband. 9. Yes, she has two brothers / two sisters / two sons.

73

11. Read and translate the text. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements below. Check your answers with the answer key. Addaan apong a lalaki ken apong a babae ni Alex. Agnaedda ken ni Alex agraman pamiliana. Awan kakabsat a lallaki ni Alex . Addaan isuna ti dua nga kakabsat a babbai. Estudiante isuda. Naasawaanen ni Alex. Doktora ti asawana. Addaan maysa nga anak nga babai ken maysa nga anak nga lalaki da Alex ken ti asawana.. 1. _____ Addaan nagannak ni Alex. 2. _____ Naasawaan ni Alex. 3. _____ Addaan isuna ti dua nga kakabsat a babbai. 4. _____ Estudiante da Alex ken ti asawana. 5. _____ Doktora ti asawana. 6. _____ Addan dua nga annak ni Alex.

74

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Give a brief description in Ilokano of your immediate family. Include the age, name, and profession of each person, and tell whether each person is married or single, and where he/she lives. Check the answer key for an example. 2. Ask your classmate in Ilokano if he/she has a mother, a father, a sister, and a brother. What are their names? How old are they? Where do they live? What are their professions? Check the answer key for an example. 3. Work in small groups. Describe the pictures below. Use new vocabulary. Check the answer key for possible answers.

75

Vocabulary List Parents Nagannak; Dadakkel Father Tatang; Ama; Tata Mother Nanang; Ina; Nana; Children Annak Son/sons Anak a lalaki; Annak a lallaki Daughter/daughters Anak a babai; Annak a babbai Brother/brothers Kabsat a lalaki; Kakabsat a lallaki Sister/sisters Kabsat a babai; Kakabsat a babbai Grandparents Appo Grandmother Apong a babai; Lola; Lelang Grandfather Apong a lalaki; Lolo; Lelong Husband Asawa a lalaki Wife Asawa a babai Married Naasawaan; Nagkasar Unmarried/single Balasang(Woman)/Baro(Man) Who is this/that? Asinno daytoy/dayta? Who are these/those? Asinno dagitoy/dagidiay? This/that is… Daytoy/Dayta ket . . . These/those are… Dagitoy/Dagidiay ket . . .

76

Answer Key 3.

1. My mother and father have one son and two daughters. 2. I live with my grandparents in a big house. 3. His parents live in Quezon City. They are laborers. 4. I have two brothers. They are soldiers. They live in a military camp. 5. She has a sister. Her name is Tessie. 6. My brother is 30 years old. He has a son and a daughter.

5. 1. Daytoy kadi ti kabsatmo a lalaki? 2. Ania ti naganna? 3. Sadino ti pagnanaedanna? 4. Ania ti pagsapulanna? 5. Ania nga aldaw a mapmapan iti trabaho? 6. Agay-ayam kadi isuna ti baskitbol iti Martes?

1. __________________? Yes, this is my brother. 2. __________________? His name is Antonio. 3. __________________? He lives in Davao. 4. __________________? He is a doctor. 5. __________________? On Monday he goes to work. 6. ___________________? No, he plays baseball on Tuesday.

77

6.

1. Tatang 2. anak a babai 3. Pamilia 4. Ap-apong 5. Kabsat a babai 6. Lolo(Apong a lakay)

8. 1. anak a lalaki agtawen ti lima agtawen ti tallopulo isu(na) naasawaanen isu(na) doktor My brother is ___________. His wife is a ___________. __________name is Gloria. She is __________. They have ____________. He is __________. __________ name is Juancho. Ti kabsatko a lalaki ket naasawaanen. Ti asawana ket Doktora. Gloria ti naganna. Agtawen isuna ti tallopulo. Addaanda ti anak a lalaki. Agtawen isuna ti lima. Juancho. ti naganna. 2. naasawaanen isu(na) agtawen ti walo anak a babai isu(na) kabsat a babai agtawen ti sangapulo soldado isuna(isuda) Paulina has a________________. ______ name is Amalia. She is ______________. Her husband is a _______________. _______ name is Romeo. They have two ________________. _________ names are Hilda and Norma. Hilda is _______. Norma is _____________ . Addaan ti anak a babai ni Paulina. Amalia ti naganna. Naasawaanen isuna. Soldado ti asawana. Romeo ti naganna. Addaanda ti dua nga annak a babbai. Hilda ken Norma ti naganda. Agtawen ti sangapulo ni Hilda. Agtawen ti walo ni Norma. 9. 1. Ana - married, 31 years old, her husband, a laborer, a son and a daughter.

Naasawaanen ni Ana. Agtawen ti tallopulo ket maysa isuna. Trabahador ti asawana. Adda maysa nga anakna a lalaki ken maysa ti anakna a babai

2. Benjamin – married, 28 years old, his wife a teacher, no children. Naasawaanen ni Benjamin. Agtawen ti duapulo ket walo isuna. Maestra ti asawana. Awan ti annakda. 3. Maria – single, 20 years old, with her parents, a student, a brother Balasang ni Maria. Agtawen ti duapulo isuna. Agnanaed isuna iti dadak- kelna. Maysa nga estudyante isuna. Adda maysa nga kabsatna nga lalaki.

78

10. Listen to several short dialogues as people answer questions about their family members. Circle the correct answer for each question. Check your work with the answer key. 1. A. Who is she? B. She is my sister. 2. A. Is she married? B. No, she is single. 3. A. Who is he? B. He is my husband. 4. A. Is he married? B. Yes, he is married. 5. A. Who are they? B. They are my children. 6. A. Where do they live? B. They live in the apartment. 7. A. Do you have any brothers? B. Yes, I have 2 brothers. 8. A. Who is that? B. That is my wife. 9. A. Does she have any children? B. Yes, she has two sons. 1. Who is she? She is my sister. 1. Asinno isuna? Kabsatko a babai

isuna. 2. Is she married? No, she is single. 2. Naasawaanen kadi isuna? Saan, ba-

lasang isuna. 3. Who is he? He is my husband. 3. Asinno isuna? Isuna ti asawak. 4. Is he married? Yes. 4. Naasawaanen kadi isuna? Wen. 5. Who are they? They are my children. 5. Asinno isuda? Annakko isuda. 6. Where do they live? They live in the apartment. 6. Sadinno ti pagnaedanda? Agnsnaedda

iti up-upaan a pagnaedan. 7. Do you have brothers? Yes, I have 2 brothers. 7. Adda kadi kakasatmo nga lallaki?

Wen adda dua a kakabsatko nga lallaki. 8. Who is that? That is my wife. 8. Asinno dayta? Dayta ti asawak. 9. Does she have children? Yes, she has two sons. 9. Adda kadi annakna? Wen, adda

dua nga annakna a lallaki.

79

11. Read and translate the text. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements below. Check your answers with the answer key. Alex has a grandfather and a grandmother. They live with Alex and his family. Alex has no brothers. He has two sisters. They are students. Alex is married. His wife is a doctor. Alex and his wife have a daughter and a son. 1. F Alex has parents. 1. Addaan ti nagannak ni Alex.

2. T Alex is married. 2. Naasawaanen ni Alex.

3. T He has two sisters. 3. Addaan isuna ti dua a kakabsat a babbai.

4. F Alex and his wife are students. 4. Estudianteda Alex ken ti asawana.

5. T His wife is a doctor. 5. Doktora ti asawana.

6. T Alex has two children. 6. Addaan ti dua nga annak ni Alex.

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. My name is Eduardo. I have a wife. Her name is Estrella. I have three healthy children. My two sons are Mario and Joel. My daughter is Norma. Mario is ten and Joel is eight. Norma is five years old. They are still young. They live with me in the house. Eduardo ti naganko. Addaanak ti asawa. Estrella ti naganna. Addaanak ti tallo nga nasalun-at nga annak. Ni Mario ken ni Joel ti dua nga annakko a lallaki. Norma ti anakko a babai. Sangapulo ti tawen ni Mario ken walo ti tawen ni Joel. Lima ti tawen ni Norma. Ubbingda pay. Agnanaedda kaniak idiay balay. 2. Simeon: Fausto, ania ti naganda nanang ken tatangmo? What are the names of your mother and father, Fausto? Fausto: Felipe ti Tatangko ken Gorgonia ti nanangko. My father is Felipe and my mother is Gorgonia. Simeon: Ania ti tawtawendan? How old are they? Fausto: Agtawen ti uppat a pulo ni tatangko, ni nanangko ket agtawen ti tallopulo ket walo. My father is forty years old, my mother is thirty-eight.

80

Simeon: Adda kadi kakabsatmo? Do you have siblings? Fausto: Wen, maysa ti kabsatko a babai ken maysa ti kabsatko a lalaki. Paulina ti kabsatko nga babai ken Florencio ti kabsatko nga lalaki. Yes, one sister and a brother. Paulina is my sister and Florencio is my brother, Simeon: Mano ti tawtawenda ken ania ti pagsapsapulanda/propropesionda? How old are they and what are their professions? Fausto: Agtawen ti duapulo ni Paulina, ni Florencio ket agtawen tisangapulo ket walo.

Maestra ni Paulina ket mannalo ni Florencio. Paulina is twenty years old and Florencio is eighteen years old. Paulina is a teacher and Florencio is a farmer. 3. Picture 1 Picture 2 Agbasbakasyon a Pamilia Naragsak a Pamilia Family on Vacation Happy Family Picture 3 Picture 2 Kasangay a maika-walopulo tawen ni Lola Agririing ti ubing a lalaki. Grandmother’s 80th Birthday Young son waking up.

81

Lesson 6 Aglawlaw ti Pagilian

Around Town

This lesson will introduce you to: - Cardinal directions - Names of urban buildings and landmarks - How to ask and answer questions about locations of places and buildings.

1. Listen to and repeat the cardinal directions.

North Amianan

Northwest Amianan a Laud Northeast Amianan a Daya

East Daya/Dayaen West Laud/Lauden

Southeast Abagatan a Daya Southwest Abagatan a Laud

South Abagatan

82

2. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. Laoag is north of Vigan. Laoag ket amianan ti Vigan. Iligan is west of Cebu. Iligan ket lauden ti Cebu. Davao is south of Butuan. Davao ket abagatan ti Butuan. Calbayog is east of Cadiz. Calbayog ket dayaen ti Cadiz.

3. a) Compose sentences according to the model. Check the answer key for some examples. Model: Davao is south of Butuan. Ti Davao ket abagatan ti Butuan. b) Work with a partner. Tell each other where your home is located.

4. Topographical features and urban buildings and landmarks are useful reference points when getting to know a new area or for getting or giving directions. Listen to a list of common sites and features. Repeat after the speaker while following along in the workbook. Airport Sangladan Dagiti Eroplano; Erport Bank Banko Building Patakder House Balay Bus station Estasion/Pagurayan ti bus Train station Estasion/Pagurayan ti tren Police station Estasion ti Pulis

83

Café Café; Lugar a pagkapean Restaurant Restauran Church/mosque/temple Simbaan/moske/templo Movie theater Pagpabuyaan ti sine Hospital Ospital Market Paglakuan; Tiendaan Pharmacy Parmasia/botika Post office Opisina ti sursurat; Koreo Store Tiendaan Park Parke Factory Pabrika Bridge Rangtay; Talaytayan Farm Kuman; Bangkag Field Talon Forest Kabakiran Lake Danaw; Bannaaw Mountain Bantay River Karayan

5. Match the English word in the left column with the Ilokano equivalent in the right column. Check your work with the answer key. 1. Airport A. Pabrika 2. Bank B. Ospital 3. Bus Station C. Sangladan dagiti aeroplano; Erport 4. Cafe D. Parmasia/Botika 5. Church E. Restauran 6. Movie Theatre F. Parke 7. Factory G. Opisina ti sursurat 8. Hospital H. Estasion/Pagurayan ti bus 9. Park I. Banko 10. Pharmacy J. Café; Lugar pagkapean 11. Post Office K. Pagbuyaan ti sine 12. Restaurant L. Simbaan 6. Read and translate the following sentences from Ilokano into English. Check your work with the answer key.

1. Abagatan ti bangko ti paglakuan. 2. Dayaen ti banbantay ti karayan. 3. Lauden ti otel ti sangladan ti aeroplano. 4. Dayaen ti kabakiran dagiti banbantay ken dandanaw.

5. Abagatan ti bangkag ti karayan. 6. Dayaen ti ospital ti pagbuyaan ti sine. 7. Amianan ti parke ti danaw.

84

Grammar Notes: Notice that the cardinal directions (laud, abagatan, amianan, daya) are located at the beginning of sentences denoting locations in relation to a particular place or object. These cardinal directions are followed with the preposition “ti” meaning “of” in English. Examples: 1. Dayaen ti – East of Dayaen ti balayko ti karayan. (My house is east of the river.) 2. Lauden ti – West of Lauden ti Manila ti ilimi. (Our town is west of Manila) 7. Compose sentences according to the model. Use the words below. Check your work with the answer key.

Model: The park is east of the post office. Iti opisina ti sursurat ket dayaen ti parke.

8. Listen to the speaker and circle the term you hear. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. north - west - south 2. bank - park - bridge 3. train station - bus station - airport 4. restaurant - café - factory 5. post office - pharmacy - hospital 6. church - movie theater - factory 7. lake - river - farm 8. building - bridge - mountain

85

9. Listen to the following words and word combinations and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. In front of . . . Sanguanan ti . . . Next to . . . Sumaruno ti . . . Between . . . and . . . Pagbaetan ti . . . ken . . . Around the corner from . . . Aglawlaw ti suli manpud . . . Across from . . . Ballasiw manipud . . . North of . . . Aminanan ti . . . South of . . . Abagatan ti . . . West of . . . Lauden ti . . . East of . . . Dayaen ti . . . At the end of . . . Patinggaan ti . . . In the middle of . . . Iti tengnga ti . . . At the back of . . . Iti likudan ti . . . Beside the . . . Abay ti . . . From here to . . . Manipud ditoy agingga’t . . . Next to . . . Sumaruno/Abay ti . . . .

10. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. Translate into English. 1. Sadinno kadi ti danaw? Ti danaw ket sumaruno iti kabakiran. 2. Sadinno kadi ti paglakuan? Nagtengngaan ti estasion ti pulis ken simbaan ti paglakuan. 3. Sadinno ti opisina ti sursurat? Ti opisina ti sursurat ket adda ti lawlaw ti suli manipud ti ospital. 4. Sadinno ti estasion ti tren? Ti estasion ti tren ket ballasiw ti parke. 5. Sadinno ti pagkapean? Adda iti sango ti otel. 11. Work with a partner. Compose similar dialogues using the words below. Role-play your dialogues. Model: A.Dispensarennak man kadi, Apo. Sadinno kadi ti parke? B. Ti parke ket adda ti sango ti ospital. A. Agyamanak kenka, Apo. B. Awan aniamanna.

1. parke sango ti ospital 2 Sangladan ti aeroplano ballasiw manipud estasion ti bus 3 kabakiran sumaruno ti ti bantay 4 Estasion ti pulis aglawlaw iti suli manipud pagbuyaan ti sine 5 Simbaan nagbaetan ti pabrika ken ti parke

86

12. Read the dialogue. Play the role of the characters. Check the answer key for an English translation of the dialogue. Nestor: Sadinno ti sangladan ti eroplano, Nida? Nida: Ti sangladan ti eroplano ket ballasiw ti estasion ti bus. Nestor: Asideg kadi ti kabakiran ken banbantay? Nida: Saan, ti sangladan ti aeroplano ket asideg ti parke ken pagbuyaan ti sine. Nestor: Agyamanak unay kenka, Nida.

Nida: Awan aniamanna, Nestor.

87

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Translate each phrase into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key. A. The restaurant is next to the hotel. B. The park is north of the lake. C. The bank is between the church and the bus station. D. The market is south of the bridge. E. The café is across from the bookstore. F. The field is in front of the farm. 2. Work with a partner or in small groups. In Ilokano, come up with a list of the facilities on your base. Then draw a schematic map of the base. Now describe the locations of each facility. Use the following vocabulary: a store, a hospital, a police station, a movie theater, a park, a hotel, a church, an airfield, a restaurant, a forest, and your language training facility. Use prepositions: between, next to, across from, in front of.

88

Vocabulary List Where Sadinno North Amianan South Abagatan East Daya West Laud Mountain Bantay Lake Danaw River Karayan Forest Kabakiran; Bakir Bridge Rangtay; Talaytayan Store Tiendaan; Paglakuan Market Paglakuan Church/mosque/temple Simbaab/moske/templo Restaurant Restauran Café Pagkapian Park Parke Bank Banko Airport Sangladan dagiti aeroplano Train station Estasion ti tren Bus station Estasion ti bus Pharmacy Parmasia Hospital Ospital Movie Theater Pagbuyaan ti sine Factory Pabrika Farm Bangkag Post office Opisina ti sursurat Field Talon Police station Estasion ti pulis In front of Ti sangunan ti Next to Sumaruno ti Between Nagbaetan Around the corner from Naglawlaw iti suli manipud ti Across from Ballasiw manipud ti

89

Answer Key 3. a) Model: Davao is south of Butuan.

Ti Roxas ket abagatan ti Naga. Roxas is south of Naga.

Ti Surigao ket amianan ti Butuan. Surigao is north of Butuan. Ti Calbayog ket dayaen ti Bacolod. Calbayog is east of Bacolod

Ti Baguio ket lauden ti Cabanatuan. Baguio is west of Cabanatuan 5.

English Ilokano

C 1. Airport A. Pabrika I 2. Bank B. Ospital H 3. Bus Station C. Sangladan dagiti aeroplano J 4. Café D. Parmasia/Botika L 5. Church E. Restauran K 6. Movie Theater F. Parke A 7. Factory G. Opisina ti sursurat B 8. Hospital H. Estasion/Pagurayan ti bus F 9. Park I. Bangko D 10. Pharmacy J. Lugar pagkapian G 11. Post Office K. Pagbuyaan ti sine E 12. Restaurant L. Simbaan 6. 1. The market is south of the bank 2. The river is east of the mountains. 3. The airport is west of the hotel. 4. The mountains and lakes are east of the forest. 5. The river is south of the farm. 6. The movie theater is east of the hospital. 7. The lake is north of the park. 7. Translate into Ilocano.

1. The airport is east of the lake. 2. The bank is south of the hospital. 3. The pharmacy is west of the post office. 4. The bridge is north of the river.

90

5. The bus station is east of the police station. 6. The factory is south of the mountain. 7. The farm is west of the field. 8. The park is north of the lake.

1. Dayaen ti danaw ti pagsangladan ti aeroplano.. 2. Abagatan ti ospital ti bangko. 3. Lauden ti opisina ti sursurat ti parmasia. 4. Amianan ti karayan ti rangtay. 5. Dayaen ti estasion ti pulis ti pagurayan ti bus. 6. Abagatan ti bantay ti pabrika. 7. Lauden ti talon ti bangkag. 8. Amianan ti danaw ti parke.

8. 1. north Amianan 2. bridge Rangtay 3. bus station Estasion ti bus 4. café Café 5. post office Opisina ti sursurat 6. church Simbaan 7. farm Bangkag 8. mountain Bantay

10. 1. Where is the lake? The lake is next to the forest. 2. Where is the market? The market is between the police station and the church. 3. Where is the post office? The post office is around the corner from the hospital. 4. Where is the train station? The train station is across the park. 5. Where is the café? It is in front of the hotel. 12. Nestor: Where is the airport in Ilagan, Nida ?, Nida: The airport is across the bus station. Nestor: Is it close to the forest and mountains? Nida: No, the airport is close to the park and movie theater. Nestor: Thanks so much, Nida.

Nida: You are welcome, Nestor.

91

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. A. Ti restauran ket sumaruno ti otel. B. Amianan ti danaw ti parke. C. Ti banko ket nagbaetan ti simbaan ken estasion ti bus. D. Abagatan ti rangtay ti paglakuan. E. Ti pagkapian ket ballasiw ti tiendaan ti libro. F. Sanguanan ti bangkag ti pagtaltalunan.

92

Lesson 7 Shopping

Panaggatgatang This lesson will introduce you to:

- Customs and practices in the Philippine marketplace - Names of foods and stores - How to make purchases in Philippine shops - The verbs “to want,” “to buy,” “to pay,” and “to take” - The modal verb “can”.

The local currency in the Philippines is the Peso. It is equivalent to 100 centavos (cents). Coins come in one, five, ten, twenty-five, and fifty centavos; paper denominations come in one, two, five, ten, twenty-five, fifty and one hundred pesos. The exchange rate fluctuates depending on the status of the economy but currently one US dollar exchanges for fifty-five to fifty-six pesos. Foreign currency can be converted to pesos in commercial banks and dealers authorized by the Central Bank of the Philippines The Philippines has a literacy rate of 94.6 percent, yet, is unable to sustain steady economic growth. The country cannot generate enough jobs. Many citizens leave home braving the uncertainties of life in a foreign land to secure a more stable income abroad in order to support themselves and their families. About 40% of the population lives below the poverty line. Most people are farmers whose income originates from agricultural products including rice, corn, bananas, and sugar cane. An average family may earn about 30 to 50 dollars a month. Visitors may be struck by the astonishing poverty of the country and the incredible gap between the rich and the poor.

93

1. Listen to the following vocabulary and repeat after the speaker.

banana saba pear peras tomato kamatis potato patatas

milk gatas margarine mantikilia egg itlog cheese keso

cereal siryal bread tinapay sugar asukar ice cream sorbets

fish lames/ican chicken manok

94

2. Work in pairs or in small groups. Ask your partner what foods he/she has at home. Use the model below. Model: A. Ania ti adda idiay balayyo?

B. Adda sabsabak, kamkamatis, ken patpatatas. Model: A. What do you have at home? B. I have bananas, tomatoes, and potatoes.

3. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow along in the workbook. Look at the pictures and try to guess the meaning of unknown words.

Tiendaan ti makmakan daytoy.

Agtrabtrabaho ni Norma idiay tiendaan ti makmakan. Kahero isuna.

Abtrabtrabaho ni Gorio idiay tiendaan ti makmakan. Aglaklako isuna.

Agtartarabaho ni Nida idiay tiendaan ti luplupot. Aglaklako isuna.

Agtartarabaho met ni Simeon idiay tiendaan ti luplupot. Kahero isuna.

95

Did you understand the bolded words? ___________ - grocery store ___________ - cashier ___________ - salesperson ___________ - clothing store ___________ - too (as well)

Tiendaan ti makmakan - grocery store Kahero - cashier Aglakalako; Tagalako - salesperson Tiendaan ti luplupot - clothing store Met - too

Shopping in department stores in the Philippines can be an enjoyable experience because items are cheap and affordable, and salespeople are hospitable. The Philippines is considered the last “bargain center” in Asia. Department stores feature a variety of goods including clothing, perfume, home and electrical appliances, toys, and thousands of other commodities as well as imported goods. Imported items are expensive and are for wealthier customers. Major shopping centers in Manila and other big cities are open seven days a week, from 9:00am to 10:00pm. Goods are sold at fixed prices in big department stores in big cities. In contrast, the prices of goods in small stores and shops are subject to bargaining. The salesperson and the buyer haggle for the price. Usually, the salesperson settles for a price 30 to 50 percent lower than the original asking price. Buyers must learn to haggle with smiles or jokes to gain the greatest success in bargaining. Remember though, that haggling is not acceptable in big department stores. 4. Work in pairs or in small groups. Make up dialogues using the model below. Model: A. Sadino ti pagtrabtrabahuan ni Alicia?

B. Agtratrabaho ni Alicia idiay tiendaan ti makmakan.

Model: A. Where does Alicia work? B. Alicia works at the grocery store.

Ilokano Verbs: Ilokano infinitive is formed by attaching a so-called, verbalizing affix “ag” to a root. Most mouns can be converted into a verb by using “ag” as prefix. For instance, the noun “kanta”(song) when prefixed with “ag” becomes “agkanta” meaning, “to sing.” In previous lesson, it is stated that the prefix “ag” is one among the prefixes used to form the infinitive of a verb.

96

Examples: 1. aggatang (ag + gatang) - to buy 2. agsurat (ag + surat) - to write

3. aglagto (ag + lagto) - to jump The word “want” is something desired, longed for, or wanted. “Want” means “kayat” in Ilokano. When the word “kayat” is used with pronouns (ko, mo, isuna(na), mi, da), it is suffixed with any of the preceding enclosed pronouns. Examples: I want to buy fruit. Kayatko ti aggatang ti prutas. You want to buy fruit Kayatmo ti aggatang ti prutas. He/She wants to buy fruits. Kayatna ti aggatang ti prutas. We want to buy fruit. Kayatmi ti aggatang ti ptutas. They want to buy fruit. Kayatda ti aggatang ti prutas.

5. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow along in the workbook. Look at the pictures and try to guess the meaning of unknown words.

Kayat ni Barbara ti aggatang/gumatang ti libro. Adda isuna iti tiendaan ti liblibro.

Kayat ni Cesar ti aggatang/gumatang ti pagorasan. Adda isuna iti tiendaan ti regregalo.

Did you understand the bolded words? ______________ - bookstore ______________ - clock ______________ - gift store

97

Grammar Notes: The infinitive form of the verb “gatang” (“buy”) may also be created by inserting the infix “um”. “Gumatang” means “to buy” and is equivalent to “aggatang”. The infix “um” is also a verbalizing affix placed immediately before the first vowel of the stem with meanings:

a. to do the action expressed by the stem b. to assume the state or condition described by the stem

6. Match each Ilokano sentence in the left column with the English equivalent in the right column. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. Kayatko ti gumatang iti tinapay ken mantikelya. A. Antonio wants to buy fish. 2. Kayat ni Pedro ti gumatang iti libro B. They want to buy cheese. 3. Kayat ni Antonio ti gumatang iti ikan. C. I want to buy bread and butter. 4. Kayat ni Florencio ti gumatang ti pagorasan . D. My sister wants to buy clothes. 5. Kayatmi ti gumatang iti regalo . E. Florencio wants to buy a clock. 6. Kayatda ti gumatang iti keso F. Pedro wants to buy a book. 7. Kayat ti kabsatko nga babai ti gumatang iti luplupot. G. We want to buy a gift. Grammar Notes: The ligature (or linker) is a connective particle used in Philippine languages to connect various parts of a sentence. The Ilokano ligature has two variants: nga before vowels, and a before consonants. However, in speaking, the ligature nga is usually preferred regardless of phonetic environment. Among the many uses of ligature are the following:

a. connects adjectives to nouns b. introduces complements or appositions of all syntactic categories

7. Work with a partner or in small groups. Pretend that you are planning to have a surprise birthday party for one of your classmates. You need to buy some food and gifts. Make a shopping list and tell your partner in Ilokano what you want to buy. Grammar Notes: a. The following is a list of the most frequent interrogative particles in Ilokano. Ania - what Apay - why Asino - who Kaano - when Kasano - how Mano - how much; how many Sadino/sadinno- where (is action done) Sadino - where

98

Siasino - who Asino - who Plural Form of Nouns The plural form of nouns is formed by duplicating the initial syllable. Singular Plural itlog it-itlog prutas prutprutas kamiseta kamkamiseta b. Read the following questions. Notice how the sentences differ for singular and plural. 1. How much is an egg? 1. Mano ti maysa nga itlog? How much are eggs? Mano dagiti it-itlog? 2. How much is a fruit? 2. Mano ti maysa nga prutas? How much are fruits? Mano dagiti prutprutas? 3. How much is a shirt? 3. Mano ti maysa nga kamiseta? How much are shirts? Mano dagiti kamkamiseta?

8. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. A. Excuse me. I want to buy some cheese. How much is it? Dispensarennak man. Kayatko ti gumatang ti keso. Mano kadi? B. A pound of Cheese is P5.40. Maysa a libra nga asukar ket lima a pesos ken uppat a pulo (P5.40). A. Thank you.

Agyamanak. B. You are welcome.

Awan ti aniamanna.

99

9. Pretend you want to buy the items listed below. One of your classmates is a salesperson. Role-play an “In the Shop” dialogue using the dialogue above as a model. Work in pairs or in small groups. Check the answer key for an English translation of the phrases. 1. Maysa a kilo nga saba - Tallo a dolyar ken uppat a pulo ket lima 2. Maysa a kilo nga lames - Walo a dolyar ken sangapulo ket lima 3. Maysa a supot nga patatas - Maysa a dolyar ken limapulo ket siam 4. Maysa a bote nga danum - Maysa a dolyar ken sangapulo ket siam 5. Maysa a karton nga gatas - Uppat a dolyar ken limapulo 6. Maysa a piraso nga tinapay - Dua dolyar ken innem a pulo ket lima 7. Maysa a dosena nga it-itlog- Dua dolyar ken uppat a pulo ket walo 10. Complete the sentences using the words in the box. Check your answers with the answer key. tiendaan ti luplupot tiendaan ti makmakan tiendaan ti liblibro tiendaan ti regregalo departamento nga tiendaan 1. Aggatgatang ti nagannak kaniak ti regregalo idiay __________________________________. 2. Aggatgatangda ti kamkamatis ken patpatatas idiay __________________________________. 3. Aggatgatang ti kabsatko ti liblibro idiay __________________________________________. 4. Ti kabsatko a babai ken siak ket aggatgatang ti luplupot idiay ________________________ 5. Makagatangkami ti luplupot, liblibro ken regregalo idiay ____________________________

11. Listen to the following sentences and circle which of the bolded words you hear. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. Aggatgatangak ti liblibro idiay tiendaan ti luplupot/tiendaan ti lilibro. 2. Aggatgatang ti kabsatko a babai iti regregalo idiay tiendaan ti regregalo/tiendaan ti makmakan kasupadi ti bangko 3. Aggatgatang ni nanangko iti asukar idiay tiendaan ti regregalo//tiendaan ti makmakan. 4. Aggatgatang ti ap-apongko ti gatas ken mantikilia idiay tiendaan ti lilibro/tiendaan ti makmakan. 5. Aggatgatangkami ti luplupot, liblibro, ken regregalo idiay tiendaan nga departamento/ tiendaan ti liblibro

100

I can Kabaelak/Kayak You can Kabaelam/Kayam He can Kabaelanna/Kayana She can Kabaelanna/Kayana We can Kabaelanmi/Kayami You can Kabaelanyo/Kayayo They can Kabaelanda/Kayada

12. a) Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.

A. Hello. I want to buy a loaf of bread. How much is it? Kumusta. Kayatko ti gumatang ti tinapay. Mano kadi? B. It is $2.65. Dua a dolyar ken innem a pulo ket lima. A. Can I pay with a check? Mabalin nga bayadak iti tseke? B. I’m sorry, but we take cash. Ladingitek, ngem agaw-awatkami iti kas a kuarta.

Grammar Notes: The verbs alaen and awaten are Ilokano terms meaning “to take” or “to accept”. b) Role-play the dialogue. Make up similar dialogues using the words below. 1. dua a bote ti danum 2. maysa a libro 3. maysa a karton ti gatas 4. maysa a libra ti keso 5. maysa a dosena nga itlog

101

c) Read the following conversation between two friends. Assume the roles of each character. Romeo: Mapanka kadi idiay paglakuan(market) inton bigat Amalia? Are you going to the market tomorrow, Amalia? Amalia: Wen. Adu ti awan nga masapul nga gatangek idiay paglakuan. Yes. There are many things missing that I need to buy in the market. Romeo: Dimo liplipatan ti gumatang ti dua a bote a danum, maysa a karton a gatas, maysa a libra a keso, ken maysa a dosena nga itlog. Don’t forget to buy two bottles of water, a carton of milk, a pound of cheese, and a dozen eggs.

Amalia: Agyamanak ta impalagipmo kaniak dagidiay. Inayonko iti listaan ti gatgatangek. Thanks for reminding me of those. I will include them in my purchase list. Romeo: Mabalin kadi nga dumagaska idiay Libraria(Library)? Can you stop by the library? Amalia: Wen. Ania ti alaek idiay? Yes. What will I get there? Romeo: Bumulodka man ti maysa a libro maipanggep ti kabkabakiran. Please borrow a book about forests. Amalia: Wen. Awan ti problema. Yes. No problem. Romeo: Agyamanak unay, Amalia. Thanks a lot, Amalia. Amalia: Awan aniamanna. You are welcome. 13. Read the dialogue and answer the follow-up questions. Check your work with the answer key. Mario : Kumusta, Delia! Delia : Kumusta Mario! Mario: Sadino ti papanam? Delia : Mapanak idiay tiendaan ti makmakan. Mario : Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen? Delia : Kayatko ti gumatang ti tinapay, dua a bote ti danum, ken maysa a kilo a mangga. Sadinno ti papanam? Mario : Mapmapanak idiay departamento nga tiendaan. Delia : Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen? Mario : Kayatko ti gumatang ti regalo ti apongko a lakay. Kayatko ti gumatang ti libro wenno pagorasan. Delia : Gumatgatangak ti regregalo idiay tiendaan ti regregalo Mario: Mabalinko ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro. Agawatda ti kas a kuarta.

102

Questions:

1. Where does Delia go? Sadinno kadi ti pappapanan ni Delia?

2. What does she want to buy? Ania kadi ti gatgatangen nga kayatna?

3. Where does Mario go? Sadinno kadi ti pappapanan ni Mario?

4. What does he want to buy? Ania kadi ti gatgatangen nga kayatna?

5. Can he pay with a credit card at the bookstore? Mabalinna ti agbayad iti pagtalekan nga kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro?

103

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Translate the following into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key. A. Where do you buy tomatoes and potatoes? B. Do you take credit cards? No, we take cash. C. I am going to buy a gift for my sister in the clothing store. D. How much is a piece of bread? - $2.35

2. In Ilokano, tell where you buy groceries/ gifts/ books/ clothes. 3. What would you tell a salesperson in the Philippines if you want to buy a carton of milk/ a watch/ a dozen eggs? How would you ask the price? Role-play the dialogue. Susana: Naimbag nga aldawyo Apo. Kayatko koma ti gumatang ti maysa nga carton a gatas, relo, ken maysa dosena nga itlog. Good day, sir/ma’am. I would like to buy a carton of milk, a watch, and a dozen of eggs. Aglaklako: Naimbag nga aldawmo met. Apo. Ti bayad ti maysa a carton nga (Salesperson) gatas ket lima nga pesos; ti relo ket uppat a pulo ket siam a pisos; ti maysa a dosena nga itlog ket duapulo ket lima a pisos (Good day too, sir/ma’am. The price of a carton of milk is five pesos; the watch is forty-nine pesos, and a dozen of eggs is twenty-five pesos.) Susana: Mano ngarud amin ti dagup ti nagatangko, Apo? (How much then is the total of my purchase, sir, ma’am?) Aglaklako: Ti dagup ti nagatangmo ket pitopulo ket siam a pesos am-amin, Apo. (The total of your purchase is seventy-nine pesos all in all, sir/ma’am.) Susana: Dios ti agngina Apo. Daytoy ti bayadko. (Thanks a lot, sir, ma’am. This is my payment.) Susana: Agpakadaakon Apo. (Goodbye, sir/ma’am.)

104

Vocabulary List How much….…? Mano . . . . . . . . . . ? It’s…………. Daydiay ket . . . . I want to buy… Kayatko ti gumatang . . . . . Banana Saba Butter Mantikilia Chicken Manok(Meat) Fish Lames Ice cream Sorbetes Milk Gatas Tomato Kamatis Pear Peras Potato Patatas Sugar Asukar Cereal Sirial Cheese Keso Eggs It-itlog(plu); itlog(sing.) A pound/kilo of cheese Maysa a libra/kilo nga keso A bag of potatoes Maysa a supot ti patpatatas A loaf of bread Maysa nga tinapay A bottle of water Maysa nga botelia a danum A dozen eggs Maysa a dosena nga itlog A box of cereal Maysa nga supot a siryal A carton of milk Maysa nga carton a gatas Department Store Departamento nga tiendaan Clothing Store Tiendaan ti Luplupot Grocery Store Tiendaan ti makmakan Bookstore Tiendaan ti liblibro Bread Tinapay Credit card Pagtalekan a kard/Pagutangan nga kard Cash Kas nga kuarta Cashier Kahero Salesperson Aglaklako; Tagalako To buy Gumatang; Aggatang To take Alaen; Awaten To pay/pay for Agbayad/Agbayad ti Too Met(prep) Can I pay with a credit card? Mabalin ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard I’m sorry, but we take cash. Ladingitek, ngem aw-awa- tenmi iti kas a kuarta

105

Answer Key 6.

1. C 2. F 3. A 4. E 5. G 6. B 7. D

9. 1. A kilo of banana - $3.45 2. A pound of fish - $8.15 3. A bag of potatoes - $1.59 4. A bottle of water - $1.19 5. A carton of milk - $4.50 6. A piece of bread - $2.65 7. A dozen eggs - $2.48 10. clothing store grocery store bookstore gift store department store 1. My parents buy gifts at the ______________________. 2. They buy tomatoes and potatoes at the__________________. 3. My brother buys books at the________________________. 4. My sister and I buy clothes at the ___________________. 5. We can buy clothes, books and gifts at the __________________. Answers: 1. Tiendaan ti regregalo

2. Tiendaan ti makmakan 3. Tiendaan ti liblibro 4. Tiendaan ti luplupot 5. Departamento nga tiendaan

106

11. 1. I buy books in the bookstore. 2. My sister buys gifts at the gift store. 3. My mother buys sugar at the grocery store across from the bank. 4. My grandparents buy milk and butter at the grocery store. 5. We buy clothes, books, and gifts at the department store. 1. Tiendaan ti liblibro 2. Tiendaan ti regregalo 3. Tiendaan ti makmakan 4. Tiendaan ti makmakan 5. Departamento nga tiendaan 13. 1. Mapmapan ni Delia idiay tiendaan ti makmakan Delia goes to the grocery store 2. Kayatna ti gumatang iti dua a botelia ti danum, maysa a kilo ti mangga. She wants to buy two bottles of water, a kilo og mango 3. Mapmapan ni Mario idiay departamento nga tiendaan Mario goes to the department store 4. Kayatna ti gumatang iti regregalo para ti apongna a lakay. Kayatna gumatang ti maysa a

libro ken pagorasan He wants to buy gifts for his grandfather. He also wants to buy a book and a clock. 5. Wen. Mabalinna ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro. Yes. He can pay with a credit card at the bookstore Mario : Hello, Delia! Kumusta, Delia! Delia : Hello, Mario! Kumusta Mario! Mario: Where are you going? Sadino ti papanam? Delia : I am going to the grocery store. Mapanak idiay tiendaan ti makmakan. Mario : What do you want to buy? Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen? Delia : I want to buy bread, two bottles of water, and a kilo of mangoes. Where are you going? Kayatko ti gumatang ti tinapay, dua a bote ti danum, ken maysa a kilo a mangga. Sadinno ti papanam?

107

Mario : I am going to the department store. Mapmapanak idiay departamento nga tiendaan. Delia : What do you want to buy? Ania ti kayatmo nga gatangen? Mario : I want to buy a gift for my grandfather. I want to buy a book or a clock. Kayatko ti gumatang ti regalo ti apongko a lakay. Kayatko ti gumatang ti libro wenno pagorasan. Delia : I buy gifts at the gift store. Gumatgatangak ti regregalo idiay tiendaan ti regregalo Mario: At a bookstore I can’t pay with a credit card. They take cash. Mabalinko ti agbayad iti pagtalekan a kard idiay tiendaan ti liblibro. Agawatda

ti kas a kuarta. End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. A. Where do you buy tomatoes and potatoes?

Sadinno ti paggatangam iti kamkamatis ken patpatatas? B. Do you take credit cards? No, we take cash.

Mabalinmo nga awaten ti pagtalekan a kard? Saan, alaenmi ti kas a kuarta C. I buy the gift for my sister in the clothing store.

Gumatgatangak iti regalo para ti kabsatko a babai idiay tiendaan ti luplupot. D. How much is a piece of bread? - $2.35

Mano ti maysa a tinapay? Dua a doliar ken tallopulo ket lima.

Answer Key: A. Tiendaan ti makmakan B. Saan, alaenmmi ti kas a kuarta C. Gumatgatangak iti regalo ti kabsatko a babai idiay tiendaan ti luplupot. D. Dua a doliar ken tallopulo ket lima

108

Lesson 8 Pannangan Iti Ruar

Eating Out

This lesson will introduce you to:

- eating out in a restaurant in the Philippines - various menu items - how to order menu items - different table service items -

1. Look at the restaurant menu below. Repeat the words after the speaker, and follow along in the workbook.

Small World Restaurant Bassit A Lubong A Restauran

Items Prices Eggroll (Lumpia) – each piece P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo)

Soup (Sopas) Cup (tasa) P3.00 (Tallo a pisos) Bowl (malukong) P4.50 (Uppat nga pisos ken limapulo) Salad (ensalada) P5.00 (Lima nga pisos) Chicken (manok) P25.00 (Duapulo ket lima nga pisos)

Steak (bistik) P50.00 (Limapulo nga pisos) Fish (lames) P15.00 (Sangapulo ket lima a pisos) Coffee (kapi) P2.50 (Dua a pisos ket limapulo) Fruit Juice (tubbog ti prutas) - glass (maysa a baso) P2.50 (Dua a pisos ken limapulo) - bottle (maysa a botilia) P3.00 (Tallo a pisos) Ice Cream (sorbetes) P2.00 (Dua a pisos) Native Cake (bibingka) P4.00 Uppat a pisos) Milk (gatas) - glass (maysa a baso) P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo) - bottle (maysa a botilia) P2.00 (Dua a pesos) Shaved Ice w/evaporated milk (Halu-Halo) (a glass-maysa a baso) P3.00 (Tallo a pisos) Tea (Tsa) P1.20 (Pisos ken duapulo) Beer (Serbesa) - glass (maysa a baso) P4.30 (Uppat a pisos ken tallopulo)

109

- bottle (maysa a botilia) P15.10 (Sangapulo ket lima a pisos ken sangapulo) Wine (arak) - glass (maysa a baso) P4.50 (Uppat a pisos ken limapulo) - bottle (maysa a botilia) P16.00 (Sangapulo ket innem) Banana (Saba) P1.00 (Pisos) Orange (Kahel a prutas) P1.00 (Pisos) Water (Danum) P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo) Rice with Spiced Soup and Cut Chicken (Arroz kaldo) - bowl (maysa a malukong) P3.00 (Tallo a pisos) - plate (maysa a pinggan) P3.50 (Tallo a pisos ken limapulo) Steamed Rice (innapoy) - plate (maysa a pinggan) P1.50 (Pisos ken limapulo) - bowl (maysa a malukong) P1.00 (Pisos) Distinctive stew of pork or chicken marinated with soy sauce, vinegar, salt, garlic, pepper & bay leaves (Adobo) (a plate – maysa a pinggan P5.50 (Lima a pisos ken limapulo) 2. Imagine that you have P25.00. What would you buy at the “Small World Restaurant”? 3. Read and translate the following dialogue between a waiter and a patron. Make up similar dialogues using the words and word combinations that are in the box. Check the answer key for an English translation of the text below.

A. Dispensarendak man, Weyter. B. Wen, pangaasim man. A. Kayatko ti maysa a tasa a kape B. Pagpasensiannak, Apo. Awanan kami ti kape, ngem addaankam iti tsa. 1. maysa a tasa a kape - tsa 2. maysa a baso a gatas –tsa/kape 3. maysa a baso a tubbog ti kahel – tubbog ti mansanas

4. lames ken pasta – manok ken naprito nga patatas

4. Listen to the following dialogue that takes place at a restaurant. Follow along in your workbook. Pay attention to the new words. Role-play the dialogue. You can substitute some words with any food from the “Small World Restaurant” menu. A. Hello, sir. What do you want to eat? Kumusta, Apo. Ania ti kayatyo nga kanen? B. What do you recommend? Ania ti irekomendarmo?

110

A. We have delicious fried chicken and adobo. Addaankami ti naimas a naprito nga manok ken adobo. B. Very well. Fried chicken and adobo with white steamed rice, please. No kasta ngarud. Pangaasim, ikkannakam ti naprito a manok, adobo ken innapoy. A. What do you want to drink, sir? Ania ti kayatyo nga inumen, Apo? B. A glass of orange juice and a glass of water, please. Maysa a baso nga tubbog ti kahel ken maysa a baso a danum man. A. Any dessert? Ania man nga sinamit? B. Yes, I want a glass of halu-halo. Wen, kayatko ti maysa a baso nga halu-halo. A. Here is your total bill, sir. Daytoy ti dagup ti bayadyo, Apo. B. Can I pay with a credit card? Mabalin ti agbayad ti kard nga pagtalekan(pagutangan)? A. Yes, you can, sir. Wen, mabalin, Apo.

Present tense Past Tense I drink Umin-inomak I drank Imminomak You drink Umin-inomka You drank Imminomka He drinks Umin-inom

isuna He drank Imminom

isuna

We drink Umin-inomkami

We drank Imminomkam

You drink Umin-inom kayo

You drank Imminomkayo

They drink Umin-inomda They drank Imminomda 5. Using the restaurant menu above, tell your classmates in Ilokano what you ate and drank at a restaurant the last time you were there.

Model: Idi Dominggo, addaak iti maysa a restauran. Nanganak ti adobo, manok, ken ensalada. Imminomak ti tubbog ti prutas. 6. Fill in the blanks to complete the dialogues below. Check the answer key for a translation of the given dialogue. 1. _______________________________________? Addaak idiay restaurant idi Dominggo. 2. _______________________________________? Wen, ti kabsatko nga lalaki ken siak ket addakam idiay. 3. _______________________________________? Nangan isuna ti arroz kaldo ken lames.

111

4. _______________________________________? Imminom isuna ti kape. 5. _______________________________________? Nanganak ti manok ken ensalada a prutas.. 6. _______________________________________? Imminomak ti kape.

7. Below are some table service items. Listen and repeat after the speaker.

Plate Bowl Cup Glass

Pinggan Malukong Tasa Baso

Knife Fork Spoon Napkin

Kutsilio Tenedor Kutsara Serbilieta 8. Match the English words in the left column with the Ilokano equivalents in the right column. 1. Plate A. Kutsara 2. Bowl B. Baso 3. Cup C. Kutsilio 4. Glass D. Tenedor 5. Knife E. Malukong 6. Fork F. Pinggan 7. Spoon G. Serbilieta 8. Napkin H. Tasa

112

9. Listen to the following model. Repeat after the speaker. Compose similar sentences using the words below. Model: A. Awan kutsarak. Mabalin kadi nga ikkannak ti kutsara? B. Wen, ala. Daytoyen. Model: A. I do not have a spoon. Can I have a spoon? B. Yes, of course. Here you are. 1. napkin 2. cup 3. fork 4. knife 5. glass

10. Listen to the speaker and circle the words you hear. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. I want a glass of milk / juice. 2. We drank orange juice / apple juice at a restaurant. 3. Did you eat salad / pasta? 4. They ate fried potatoes and chicken / fish 5. She bought soup and hamburger / salad and beef. 6. Can I have a knife / fork? 7. He does not have a glass / plate.

113

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Tell in Ilokano what you usually eat and drink for breakfast / lunch / dinner. Example: Dagitoy ti kankanek a para pammmigat, pangaldaw, pangrabii 2. Tell in Ilokano what you ate and drank at a restaurant the last time you were there. 3. Read and translate the following text in Ilokano. Answer the following questions. Check your answers with the answer key. Idi Biernes kalpasan trabaho, napankami ti kabsatko a lalaki,ken dagiti nagannak kaniami idiay “Bassit A Lubong”a restauran. Kasango iti bangko daytoy a restauran. Maysa a weyter ti nangikomendar ti naprito a manok. ensalada.ken pasta. Iti kabsatko a lalaki ket nangan ti karne ti baka ken; imminom iti tsa nga adda asukarna ken limon. Nangan met nanangko ti sopas ken hambarger. Imminom isuna iti tubbog ti mansanas. Para ti sinamitna, maysa a pedaso a bibingka ti kinnanna.. Nangan ni tatangko ti karne ti baka, naprito a patatas ken preskp a kamkamatis. Nangan met ti maysa a pedaso a bibingka nga adda kesona a para sinamitna ken imminom ti kape. Nagsidaak met iti manok ken nangan ti ensalada. Nakaim-imas amin! Agbayadak koma iti pagtalekan a kard, ngem nakauna metten ni tatangko a nagbayad iti kas a kuarta. Naragsakkami amin iti dayta a rabii 1. Kaano a napan ti pamilya idiay restauran? 2. Sadino ti restauran? Ania ti nirekomendar ti weyter? 4. Ania ti kinnan ti kabsatko a lalaki? 5. Ania ti ininomna? 6. Nangan kadi ni nanangko ti sopas ken hamburger? 7. Imminom kadi isuna iti tubbog ti kahel wenno mansanas? 8. Nangan kadi isuna iti maysa a pedaso a bibingka nga adda kesona? 9. Ania ti kinnan ni tatangko? 10. Imminom kadi isuna ti arak? 11. Nagbayad kadi ni tatangko iti pagtalekan/pagutangan a kard? 12. Naragsakami a pamilia kadi iti dayta rabii?

114

Vocabulary List

Apple juice Tubbog ti mansanas Bowl Malukong Cheesecake Bibingka a keso Coffee Kape(i) Cup Tasa Fork Tenedor Fried Naprito Glass Baso Knife Kutsilio Napkin Serbilieta Orange juice Tubbog ti kahel Piece Piesa; Iwa; pedaso Plate Pinggan Please Pangaasim man Salad Ensalada Soup Sopas; Digo Spoon Kutsara Tea Tsa Beef Karne ti baka Hamburger Hambarger Here you are Kumustaka To Drink / drank Uminom/Imminom To eat / ate Mangan/Nangan Recommend Irekomendar Wonderful Datdatlag; Nakaskasdaaw Delicious Naimas Very well Nasayaat unay; Kasta ngarud Lemon Limon Dessert Sinam-it Bill Kuenta; Pakadagupan ti utang Wine Arak Beer Serbesa

115

Answer Key 3. A. Excuse me, waiter. B. Yes, please. A. I want a cup of coffee. B. Sorry, sir. We do not have coffee, but we have tea. 1. a cup of coffee – tea 2. a glass of milk – tea/coffee 3. a glass of orange juice – apple juice 4. fish and pasta – chicken and fried potatoes4. 6. 1. _______________________? I was at a restaurant last Sunday. 2. ___________________________? Yes, my brother and I were there. 3. ____________________________? He ate arroz caldo and fish. 4. ____________________________? He drank coffee. 5. ____________________________? I ate chicken and fruit salad. 6. ____________________________? I drank coffee. 8. 1. Plate F. Pinggan 2. Bowl E. Malukong 3. Cup H. Tasa 4. Glass B. Baso 5. Knife C. Kutsilio 6. Fork D. Tenedor 7. Spoon A. Kutsara 8. Napkin G. Serbilieta

116

10. 1. I want a glass of milk / juice. Kayatko ti maysa a baso ti gatas / tubbog 2. We drank orange juice / apple juice at a restaurant. Imminom kami iti tubbog ti kahel / tubbog ti mansanas iti maysa a restauran 3. Did you eat salad / pasta? Nanganka iti ensalada / pasta? 4. They ate fried potatoes and chicken / fish. Nanganda iti naprito nga patatas ken manok / lames 5. She bought soup and hamburger / salad and beef. Gimmatang isuna ti sopas ken hamburger / ensalada ken karne ti baka 6. Can I have a knife / fork? Mabalin nga ikkannak ti kutsilio / tenedor? 7. He does not have a glass / plate. Awan ti baso / pingganna 1. milk 1. gatas 2. apple juice 2. tubbog ti mansanas 3. pasta 3. pasta 4. fish 4. lames 5. salad and beef 5. ensalada ken karne ti baka 6. knife 6. kutsilio 7. glass 7. baso End-of-Lesson Tasks 3. Last Friday after work, my brother, our parents and I went to the restaurant “Small World.” It’s a small restaurant across from the bank. A waiter recommended us to have fried chicken, salad, and pasta. My brother ate beef and potatoes; he drank tea with sugar and lemon. My mother ate soup and a hamburger. She drank apple juice. For dessert she had a piece of strawberry cake. My father ate beef, fried potatoes, and tomatoes. He ate a piece of cheesecake for dessert and drank coffee. I ate chicken and salad. It was delicious! I wanted to pay with a credit card, but my father paid cash. We had a wonderful evening. 1. When did the family go to the restaurant?

117

2. Where is the restaurant? 3. What did the waiter recommend? 4. What did my brother eat? 5. What did he drink? 6. Did my mother eat soup and hamburgers? 7. Did she drink orange or apple juice? 8. Did she eat a piece of cheesecake for dessert? 9. What did my father eat? 10. Did he drink wine? 11. Did my father pay with a credit card? 12. Was it a wonderful evening? 1. Biernes (Friday)

2 Kasango iti bangko. (Across the bank) 3 Naprito nga manok, ensalada, ken pasta. (Fried chicken, salad, and pasta) 4 Karne ti baka ken patpatatas (Beef and potatoes) 5 Tsa nga adda asukarna ken limon (tea with sugar and lemon) 6 Wen (Yes) 7 Tubbog ti mansanas (Apple juice) 8 Saan. Nangan isuna ti bibingka a presa (No, she had strawberry cake) 9 Karne ti baka, naprito nga patpatatas, ken kamkamatis (Beef, fried potatoes, and

tomatoes) 10 Saan. Imminom isuna ti kape. (No, he drank coffee.) 11 Saan. Nagbayad isuna iti kas a kuarta (No, he paid cash.) 12 Wen, maysa a datdatlag nga rabii. (Yes, it was a wonderful evening.)

118

Lesson 9 Piespiesta, Ug-ugali, ken Dagiti Naipakadawyan a Sursuro

Holidays, Customs, and Cultural Traditions

This lesson will introduce you to: - How to read dates - How to use ordinal numbers - Names of the months - Holidays, customs, and cultural traditions of the Philippines.

Cultural Notes on Philippine Holidays: Christmas (Paskua) Filipinos celebrate the longest Christmas in the world. Christmas colors start in October, and Christmas music starts to fill the air. Houses are adorned with “Parol” a star-shaped lantern made from bamboo sticks and covered with colored paper, normally hung inside houses and windows. Nine days before Christmas, before dawn each morning, church bells ring calling worshippers to an early morning mass. The mass is called Misa de Gallo (Mass of the Rooster) because roosters start crowing during this early part of the morning. Midnight masses and family gatherings on Christmas Day are the center of the occasion. The Feast of the Three Kings ends in January. This holiday is not only the happiest but also the most meaningful month in the Philippines for it is a time for families and friends to gather together and celebrate traditions handed down from generation to generation. Holidays (Pies-Piesta) Filipinos love fiestas. These holidays give meaning to their lives and rhythm to their years. Fiestas combine worship, food, music, and often, spectacular dances. Families in communities gather together during this celebration. Each small ethnic group has unique rituals and festivals. Even though the origins of these festivals are foreign, they have become distinctly Filipino. Lent (Kuaresma) Lent lasts from Ash Wednesday to Easter Sunday and is a somber season. Older folks take turns chanting the “Pasyon” (Life and Death of Christ). Elder women wail like they do for the “Dung-aw” or traditional lament for the dead, which predates Christianity. Palm Sunday starts Holy Week. Filipinos weave palm fronds into many elaborate designs, which are brought to church to wave as a remembrance of Jesus’ triumphant return to Jerusalem. Priests bless the palm fronds and the faithful hang them above doors and in house altars with the belief they will keep the house and the whole family always safe and healthy.

119

Holy Week (Nangina/Nasantuan nga Aldaw) The climax of Lent is the Holy Week that commemorates the week of Christ’s death and resurrection. Palm Sunday ushers in Holy Week. The folk aspect of Christianity is seen in a ritual called, “Pabasa” when the teachings of Christ are chanted. In the southern part of the Philippines, flagellants beat their bare backs with glass-spiked leather, not as an act of masochism, but in fulfillment of a “Sapata” or a vow. The devotee lives up to a promise to undergo the pain and humiliation of their penitential act in exchange for a granted request or a forgiven wrong. Some “pabasa” participants even go to the extent of having themselves tied or nailed to a cross on Good Friday. They believe once they subject themselves to this it will totally obliterate sins they have committed. Birth (Pannakayanak) Birth is normally an occasion everyone welcomes as they speculate over the baby’s gender and name, and later, from whom in the family the baby’s name will derive. The first religious ritual for a Filipino baby born into a Catholic family is baptism. Parents invite sponsors to be godparents of the child. Godparents will serve as second parents in the absence of the biological parents. During the baptism, all relatives and some neighbors are invited. Parents will spend most all of their savings because the coming of a new child to their lives is considered good luck especially if the child is a boy. Independence Day (Aldaw ti Waya-waya) Originally celebrated on July 4 each year to occur at the same time with the US independence celebration, it was later changed to June 12 when the Philippines gained freedom from the US in 1946. Just like in the US, celebrations are held all over the archipelago in the form of parades, open air programs, food fiestas, and speeches.

1. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook. 1 one 1 – Maysa first Umuna 2 two 2 - Dua second Maikadua 3 three 3 - Tallo third Maikatallo (Maikatlo) 4 four 4 - Uppat fourth Maikauppat (Maikapat) 5 five 5 - Lima fifth Maikalima 6 six 6 - Innem sixth Maikainnem (Maikanem) 7 seven 7 - Pito seventh Maikapito 8 eight 8 - Walo eighth Maikawalo

120

9 nine 9 - Siam ninth Maikasiam 10 ten 10 – Sangapulo tenth Maikasangapulo

Ordinal Number Grammar Notes: Ordinal numbers simply use the prefix “maika” except for “one/first”. Note that the ordinal numbers third, fourth, and sixth can be shortened to maikatlo, maikapat, and maikanem instead of the whole word maikatallo, maikauppat, and maikainnem. Either way is acceptable.

2. Fill in the blanks to complete the sentences. Use the words located in the box. Check your answers with the answer key.

maikalima maikadua umuna maikainnem maikatallo maikapito maikapat maikapito 1. Lunes ket __________ nga aldaw ti lawas. 2. Martes ket __________nga aldaw ti lawas. 3. Mierkules ket ________nga aldaw ti lawas. 4. Huebes ket __________nga aldaw ti lawas. 5. Biernes ket __________nga aldaw ti lawas. 6. Sabado ket __________ nga aldaw ti lawas. 7. Dominggo ket ________nga aldaw ti lawas. Grammar Notes on Ordinal Numbers For the numbers over “ten”, the pattern continues. For instance, the ordinal number “eleventh” would be, maikasangapulo ket maysa, and the ordinal number “twentieth” is “maikaduapulo”. Study the rest of these ordinal numbers: Thirtieth (30th) - maikatallopulo Fortieth (40th) - maikauppat a pulo Fiftieth (50th) - maikalimapulo Sixtieth (60th) - maikainnem a pulo Seventieth (70th) - maikapitopulo Eightieth (80th) - maikawalopulo Ninetieth (90th) - maikasiam a pulo

121

3. Listen and repeat after the speaker the ordinal numbers 11 through 20. Follow along in the workbook. 11 eleven 11 -Sangapulo ket maysa eleventh Maikasangapulo ket maysa

12 twelve 12 – Sangapulo ket dua twelfth Maikasangapulo ket dua

13 thirteen 13 – Sangapulo ket tallo thirteenth Maikasangapulo ket tallo

14 fourteen 14 – Sangapulo ket uppat fourteenth Maikasangapulo ket uppat

15 fifteen 15 – Sangapulo ket lima fifteenth Maikasangapulo ket lima

16 sixteen 16 –Sangapulo ket innem sixteenth Maikasangapulo ket innem

17 seventeen 17 –Sangapulo ket pito seventeenth Maikasangapulo ket pito

18 eighteen 18 – Sangapulo ket walo eighteenth Maikasangapulo ket walo

19 nineteen 19 – Sangapulo ket siam nineteenth Maikasangapulo ket siam

20 twenty 20 – Duapulo twentieth Maikaduapulo

4. Read the following ordinal numbers in Ilokano. 11th, 13th, 15th, 17th, 19th, 12th, 14th, 16th, 18th, 20th. 11th - maikasangapulo ket maysa 12th - maikasangapulo ket dua 13th - maikasangapulo ket tallo 14th - maikasangapulo ket uppat 15th - maikasangapulo ket lima 16th - maikasangapulo ket innem 17th - maikasangapulo ket pito 18th - maikasangapulo ket walo 19th - maikasangapulo ket siam 20th - maikaduapulo

122

5. Listen and repeat after the speaker the ordinal numbers 21-30. 21 twenty-one 21- Duapulo ket maysa twenty-first Maikaduapulo ket maysa 22 twenty-two 22- Duapulo ket dua twenty-second Maikaduapulo ket dua 23 twenty-three 23- Duapulo ket tallo twenty-third Maikaduapulo ket tallo 24 twenty-four 24- Duapulo ket uppat twenty-fourth Maikaduapulo ket uppat 25 twenty-five 25- Duapulo ket lima twenty-fifth Maikaduapulo ket lima 26 twenty-six 26- Duapulo ket innem twenty-sixth Maikaduapulo ket innem 27 twenty-seven 27- Duapulo ket pito twenty-seventh Maikaduapulo ket pito 28 twenty-eight 28- Duapulo ket walo twenty-eighth Maikaduapulo ket walo 29 twenty-nine 29- Duapulo ket siam twenty-ninth Maikaduapulo ket siam 30 thirty 30- Tallopulo thirtieth Maikatallopulo

Notes on Other Numbers: Numbers over nine are formed by counting by using the following base ten groups: Pulo - Group of ten Duapulo (Twenty), Tallopulo (Thirty), Uppat a pulo (Forty) Gasut - Group of hundred Sangagasut (One hundred), Dua Gasut (Two hundred) Ribu - Group of one thousand Sangaribu (One thousand), Dua ribu (Two thousand) Laksa - Group of ten thousand Sangalaksa (Ten thousand) Dua a laksa (Twenty thousand) Tallo a laksa (Thirty thousand) Riwriw - Group of one million Sangariwriw (One Million), Dua a riwriw (Two million), Tallo a riwriw (Three million)

123

6. Listen to the names of the months and repeat after the speaker. January Enero February Pebrero March Marso April Abril May Mayo June Hunio July Hulio August Agosto September Septiembre October Oktubre November Nobiembre December Disiembre

7. Look at the picture and say the dates and days of the week in Ilokano. Model: Today is the 23rd of May, 2001. It is Tuesday. Itatta nga aldaw ket Maikaduapulo ket tallo ti Mayo Dua ribu ket maysa. Ita ket Martes.

Today is the 15th of April 1999. It is Thursday. Itatta nga aldaw ket Maikasangapulo ket lima ti

Abril, Sangaribu, Siam a Gasut, Siam a Pulo ket Siam. Ita ket Huebes.

8. Listen and repeat after the speaker the names of Philippine holidays. Follow along in the workbook. 1. Christmas – the 25th of December (Paskua- Maikaduapulo ket lima ti Disiembre) 2. Independence Day – the 4th of July (Aldaw ti Independensia – Maikapat ti Hulio) 3. St. Valentine’s Day – the 14th of February (Aldaw ti Balentino – Maikasangapulo ket Uppat ti Pebrero) 4. New Year – the 1st of January (Baro a Tawen – Umuna/Primero nga aldaw ti Enero) 5. Mayflower – the month of May (Sabsabong ti Mayo – Bulan ti Mayo) 6. All Saints’ Day – the 1st of November (Aldaw Dagiti Sasanto- Umuna/Primero nga Aldaw ti Nobiembre) 7. All Souls’ Day – the 2nd of November (Aldaw ti Karkararua – Maikadua ti Nobiembre)

124

9. Listen as the speaker reads the following years. Repeat after the speaker. Note: See Notes on Other Numbers, Lesson 5 1925 - nineteen twenty-five Sangaribu, ket siam a gasut, ken duapulo ket

lima 1900 - nineteen hundred Sangaribu, ket siam a gasut 2004 - two thousand four Dua ribu ket uppat

10. Read the following years in Ilokano. 2001 (Duaribu ket Maysa) 1987 (Sangaribu ket siam a gasut walopulo ket pito) 1960 (Sanagribu siam a gasut, innem a pulo) 1945 (Sangaribu ket siam a gasut uppat a pulo ket lima) 2000 (Dua ribu) 1700 (Sangaribu ket pito gasut) 1516 (Sangaribu ket lima gasut, sangapulo ket innem) Expressing Dates: As with telling time (Lesson 4), Spanish numbers are also used in dates. The first of the month is represented with the Spanish loan term, primero, the following days are simply represented by Spanish numbers. Normally, Spanish loan numbers are used most often in telling dates and follow this order: Day - Month – Year (dd/mm/year) Examples: April 1, 2004 - A Primero ti Abril dos mil kuatro June 19, 1861 - Disinuebe ti Hunio mil otsosientos sesenta ‘y uno February 14, 2005 - Katorse ti Pebrero dos mil singko December 25, 2004 - Beinte singko ti Disiembre dos mil kuatro April 16, 1995 - Desisais ti Abril mil nuebesientos nobenta ‘y singko June 1st - Primero ti Hunio January 2nd - Dos ti Enero Beinte otso ti Hulio - July 28 Beinte singko ti Mayo- May 25 2005 - Dosientos singko

125

Loan Spanish Numbers Used in Ilokano:

1 Uno 25 beinte singko 2 Dos 30 trenta 3 Tres 40 kuarenta 4 Kuatro 50 singkuenta 5 Singko 60 sesenta 6 Sais 70 setenta 7 Siete 80 otsenta 8 Otso 90 nobenta 9 Nuebe 100 sien 10 Dies 200 dosientos 11 Onse 300 tresientos 12 Dose 400 kuatrosientos 13 Trese 500 singkosientos/ 14 Katorse kinientos 15 Kinse 600 saisientos 16 Diesisais 700 sietesientos 17 Diesisiete 800 otsosientos 18 Diesiotso 900 nobesientos 19 Diesinuebe 1000 mil 20 Beinte 2000 dos mil

3000 tres mil 1,000,000 milion

11. Listen to the speakers tell about their dates of birth. Follow along in the workbook.

When were you born? When were you born? When were you born? I was born on the I was born on the I was born on the 11th of June, 1936. 31st of July, 1960. 23rd of January, 1987. Kaano ti pannakayanakmo? Kaano ti pannakayanakmo? Kaano ti pannakayanakmo? Naiyanakak iti onse Naiyanakak iti tallopulo Naiyanakak iti beinte ti Hunio, mil nuebe- uno ti Hulio mil nuebe- tres ti Enero mil sientos trenta’y sais sientos sesenta nuebesientos otsenta’y siete

126

12. Work in pairs or in small groups. Ask your partner when he was born. Use the model below. Model: A. Naiyanakak iti kinse ti Pebrero, nil nuebesientos otsenta ‘y dos. Kaano ti pannakayanakmo? B. Naiyanakak iti kuatro ti Septiembre, mil nuebesientos setenta’y nuebe. Model: A. I was born on the 15th of February, 1982. When were you born? B. I was born on the 4th of September, 1979. 13. Look at the picture below and imagine that this is your family. Describe each member. Use the model below. You can use real pictures of your family. Model: Kabsatko a lalaki daytoy. Ti nanganna ket Mario Isuna ket sangapulo ket uppat ti tawenna. Naiyanak isuna ti maikasangapulo ket uppat iti Pebrero, mil nuebesientos nobenta. Model: This is my brother. His name is Mario. He is 14 years old. He was born on the 14th of February, 1990

14. Read and translate the following text into English. Answer the questions below. Juancho ti nagannko. Taga Pilipinasak. Agnanaedak idiay Manila. Addaanak ti dakkel a pamilya: maysa nga asawa, dua nga annak, ken nagannak kaniak. Agnanaedkam iti dakkel a balay. Tallopulo ti tawen ti asawak. Naiyanak isuna idi beinte tres ti Nobiembre mil nuebesientos Setenta. Isuna ket doktor ken agtratrabaho iti ospital. Estudiante ti annakko. Agbasbasada iti eskuelaan. Naiyanak ti anakko a babai idi beinte sais ti Abril, mil nuebesientos nobenta’y dos. Walo ti tawen ti anakko a lalaki. Naiyanak isuna idi primero ti Mayo mil nuebesientos nobenta’y sais. Baket unayen ti nanangko. Setenta’y otso isuna. Naiyanak isuna iti beinte dos ti Nobiembre, mil nuebesientos beinte sais. setenta’y nuebe ti tatangko. Naiyanak isuna idi beinte singko ti Agosto, mil nuebesientos beinte singko. Saanda nga agtratrabaho. Agbasbasada ti liblibro, agbuybuyada ti telebision, wenno makipagay-ayam iti annakmi. Addaanak iti nakarag- ragsak a pamilya.

127

1. Sadino kadi ti pagnanaedan ti pamilya? 2. Mano kadi ti tawen ti asawana(nga babai)? 3. Kaano kadi nga naiyanak isuna(Juancho)? 4. Ania kadi ti pagsapulanna? 5. Sadino kadi ti pagtrabahuanna? 6. Addaan ti mano nga annak ni Juancho? 7. Mano kadi ti tawen ti lalaki nga anak? Kaano nga naiyanak? 8. Mano kadi ti tawen ti babai nga anak? 9. Kaano kadi nga naiyanak isuna(anak a babai)? 10. Mano kadi ti tawen ti lola/lelang? 11. Kaano kadi ti kasangayna(Anak a babai)? 12. Mano kadi ti tawen ti lolo/lelong? 13. Kaano kadi nga naiyanak(Anak a lalaki)? 14. Ania kadi ti ub-ubra ti ap-appong

Cultural and Grammar Notes:

a. Ilokanos are very careful to show respect when speaking to someone, especially if the person is older or of higher status than the speaker. An Ilokano would never say simply, “Naimbag a bigatmo”(Good morning) without adding the title of the person to whom they are speaking, such as: Mis (Miss), Manang (Older sister), Manong (Older brother), Lelong or Lolo/Lelang or Lola (Grandfather/Grandmother), Tita/Tito (Aunt/Uncle), Ading (Younger brother/sister). Study the following greetings: 1. Naimbag a bigatyo, Lola Gonyang. (Older than the speaker) Good morning, Grandma Gonyang. 2. Naragsak a paskuayo, Nanang, Tatang. (Older than the speaker)

Merry Christmas, Mom, Dad. 3. Naimbag nga aldawyo, Mayor! (Older than the speaker) Good day, Mayor!

4. Naimbag nga malemmo, Oscar. (Same age/younger than the speaker) Good afternoon, Oscar.

5. Naragsak nga baro a tawenmo, Ading. (Same age/younger than the speaker) Happy New Year, Ading. b. Notice the above greetings toward elders demonstrating respect. Ilokanos show respect by using the plural pronoun “-yo”(your - plural) when addressing older people, strangers, and people of higher social status. In Sentences 4 and 5, the singular pronoun “–mo”(your – singular) is used for people the same age or younger than the speaker.

128

15. Listen to the following conversation between two people. Repeat after the speakers. Follow along in the workbook. A. Hi, Romulo. There is a birthday on the 14th of February. I invite you to come over to visit my family. Kumusta, Romulo. Adda kasangay inton katorse ti Pebrero Imbitarenka nga umay nga bumisita ti pamiliak. B. Thank you, Andrea. What time? Agyamanak, Andrea. Ania nga oras? A. Five or five thirty. A las singko wenno a las singko y media B. What is your address? Ania kadi a kalsada ti pagtaengam? A. It is on Del Pilar Street. Idiay kalsada ti Del Pilar B. How can I get there? Kasano kadi iti mapan sadiay? A. Drive north on the main road to Karabasa Street and turn left. Agmaneho iti amianan idiay kadakkelan a kalsada a mapan iti Dalan Karabasa ken aglikaw ti kanigid. Drive along Marunggay Street two blocks and turn right. Agmaneho nga agpatuloy ti Dalan Marunggay dua a ligason ken aglikaw ti kanawan My house is the third house on the right. Maikatlo nga balay ti balayko iti kanawan. B. What can I bring? Ania ti maitugotko? A. Nothing, thanks. Awan. Agyamanak. B. Thank you for the invitation. Agyamanak kenka para iti imbitasion. 16. Work with a partner. Invite him/her to your house to celebrate a holiday. Give him/her directions how to get to your house. Use the dialogue above as a model. See the answer key for a sample dialogue.

129

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Tell in Ilokano the date when:

- You were born (naiyanakka) - You graduated from high school (nagturposka iti nangato nga eskuelaan)

- Your wedding was (panagkasarmo) - Your child was born (naiyanak ti anakmo) - You enlisted in the service (nagpalista iti serbisio)

See the answer key for a sample text. 2. Give the names of the Philippine holidays and tell when they are celebrated (in Ilokano). Check your work with the answer key. 3. Invite your roommate to a Christmas party and give him/her directions how to get there.

130

Vocabulary List The first Ti primero/Ti umuna The second Ti maikadua The third Ti maikatlo The fourth Ti maikapat The fifth Ti maikalima The sixth Ti maikanem The seventh Ti maikapito The eighth Ti maikawalo The ninth Ti maikasiam The tenth Ti maikasangapulo The eleventh Ti maikasangapulo ket maysa The twelfth Ti maikasangapulo ket dua The thirteenth Ti maikasangapulo ket tallo The fourteenth Ti maikasangapulo ket uppat The fifteenth Ti maikasangapulo ket lima The sixteenth Ti maikasangapulo ket innem The seventeenth Ti maikasangapulo ket pito The eighteenth Ti maikasangapulo ket walo The nineteenth Ti maikasangapulo ket siam The twentieth Ti maikaduapulo The twenty-first Ti maikaduapulo ket maysa The twenty-second Ti maikaduapulo ket dua The twenty-third Ti maikaduapulo ket tallo The twenty-fourth Ti maikaduapulo ket uppat The twenty-fifth Ti maikaduapulo ket lima The twenty-sixth Ti maikaduapulo ket innem The twenty-seventh Ti maikaduapulo ket pito The twenty-eighth Ti maikaduapulo ket walo The twenty-ninth Ti maikaduapulo ket siam January Enero February Pebrero March Marso April Abril May Mayo June Hunio July Hulio August Agosto September Septiembre October Oktubre November Nobiembre December Disiembre Was born Naiyanak To invite Imbitaran Invitation Imbitasion

131

Address Pagtaengan Drive Agmaneho Along Agpatuloy Two blocks Dua nga ligason Turn right/left Agligko ti kannawan /kanigid Come over Umayka (ditoy) To visit Bumisita Birthday Kasangay Birthday party Padaya ti panagkasangay Wedding Pangakallaysa Funeral Pamunpon; Punpon To bring Mangitugot; Itugot I want to invite you … Kayatko nga imbitarenka New Year’s Day Baro a Tawen Christmas Paskua Labor Day Aldaw ti Panagtrabaho National Heroes’ Day Aldaw Dagiti Bannuar All Saints’ Day Todos Los Santos Rizal Day Aldaw ni Rizal Independence Day Aldaw ti Waya-Waya Bonifacio Day Aldaw ni Bonifacio Thanksgiving Day Aldaw ti Pangayaman Holy Thursday Huebes Santo Memorial Day Aldaw ti Pannakalagip Good Friday Biernes Santo Easter Aldaw ti Panagungar

132

Answer Key

2. fifth second first sixth third maikalima maikadua umuna maikainnem maikatallo seventh fourth eventh maikapito maikauppat maikapito 1. Monday is the ___________________day of the week. 2. Tuesday is the ___________________day of the week. 3. Wednesday is the ________________day of the week. 4. Thursday is the __________________day of the week. 5. Friday is the _____________________day of the week. 6. Saturday is the ___________________day of the week. 7. Sunday is the ____________________day of the week. 1. Lunes ket umuna nga aldaw ti lawas. 2. Martes ket maikadua nga aldaw ti lawas. 3. Mierkules ket maikatlo nga aldaw ti lawas. 4. Huebes ket maikapat nga aldaw ti lawas. 5. Biernes ket maikalima nga aldaw ti lawas. 6. Sabado ket maikanem nga aldaw ti lawas 7. Dominggo ket maikapito nga aldaw ti lawas. 14. My name is Juancho. I am from the Philippines. I live in Manila. I have a big family: a wife, two children, and my parents. We live in a big house. My wife is 30. She was born on 11/23/1970. She is a doctor and works at the hospital. My children are students. They study at school. My daughter was born on the 26th of April, 1992. My son is 8 years old. He was born on the 1st of May, 1996. My mother is very old. She is 78. She was born on the 22nd of November, 1926. My father is 79. He was born on the 25th of August, 1925. They do not work. They read books, watch television, or play with our children. I have a wonderful family. 1. Where does the family live? 2. How old is the wife? 3. When was she born? 4. What is her occupation? 5. Where does she work? 6. How many children does Juancho have? 7. How old is the son? When was he born? 8. How old is the daughter? 9. When was she born? 10. How old is the grandmother?

133

11. When was she born? 12. How old is the grandfather? 13. When was he born? 14. What do the grandparents do?

1. Manila 2. Treinta(tallopulo) 3. Beinte tres(duapulo ket tallo) ti Nobiembre mil nuebesientos setenta 4. Agtratrabaho nga doctor 5. Ospital 6. Dos(dua) ti annak ni Juancho 7. Otso(walo) ti tawenna; naiyanak idi Primero ti Mayo mil nuebesientos nobenta’y sais 8. Beinte(duapulo) ti tawenna 9. Naiyanak idi beinte sais(duapulo ket innem) ti Abril mil nuebesientos nobenta’y dos 10. Setenta’y otso(pitopulo ket walo) 11. Naiyanak idi beinte dos(duapulo ket dua) Nobiembre mil nuebesientos beinte sais 12. Setenta’u nuebe(pitopulo ket walo) 13. Naiyanak idi beinte singko (duapulo ket lima)ti Agosto mil nuebesientos beinte singko 14. Saanda nga agtratrabaho

16. Juliana: Kumusta, Antonio! Nabayag nga saan tayo nagkita! (Hello, Antonio! We have not seen each other for a long time!) Antonio: Naimbag met. Ket sika, sadino ti napnapanam? (Just fine. And you, where have you been?) Juliana: Nagnaedak nga nabayag idiay Baguio. Nagbasaak iti kolehio sadiay. Ay wen gayam! Imbitarenka nga umay ti kasangay ti kasinsinko inton Dominggo. (I live for a long time in Baguio. I studied in a college there. Oh, yes! I invite you to come for my cousin’s birthday on Sunday.) Antonio: Apay ketdi nga saan. Umayakto ngarud. Sadino aya ti pagnaedam, Juliana? (Why not. I will come then. Where do you live, Juliana?) Juliana: Agnaedak idiay Cabatuan, dayaen nga parte ti sentro (I live in Cabatuan, eastern part of the center.) Antonio: Kasanoak a mapan sadiay? Ania ti pagnaedam? (How can I get there? What is your address?) Juliana: Apaman addaka ti Cabatuan, agtraysikelka. Alaem ti kangruaan a kalsada nga agpalaud. Agdiretsoka ket malabasam ti dakkel a pagbuyaan ti sine iti kanigid. Agligkoka iti kanigid iti umuna a nagkrusan. Bilangem ti umuna a balay agingga iti maikanem iti kannawan. Puraw ti maris ti balaymi. Agnaedak idiay 123 Papaya Street, Cabatuan. Agkitata ngarud inton a las tres ti Dominggo, Antonio. Saanka nga agitugtugot uray aniaman.

134

(Once you are in Cabatuan, take a tricycle. Take the the main road eastward. Go straight and you will pass by a big movie theater at left. Turn left in the first crossing. Count the first house until the sixth at the right. Our house is color white. I live at 123 Papaya Street, Cabatuan. We will see each other then at three on Sunday, Antonio. Do not bring anything.) Antonio: Wen. Agyamanak unay. Agkitata ngarud inton Dominggo, Juliana! (Yes. Thanks a lot. We will see each other then on Sunday, Juliana! End-of-Lesson Tasks 1.

- You were born (naiyanakka) - You graduated from high school (nagturposka iti nangato nga eskuelaan)

- Your wedding was (panagkasarmo) - Your child was born (naiyanak ti anakmo) - You enlisted in the service (nagpalista iti serbisio)

- Naiyanakak idi katorse ti Pebrero mil nuebesientos setenta’y otso - Nagturposak iti nangato nga eskuelaan idi kinse ti Marso mil nuebe- sientos nobenta’y sais

- Nagkallaysaak idi dies ti Nobiembre mil nuebesientos nobenta’y nuebe. - Naiyanak ti anakko idi kinse ti Disiembre dos mil dos. - Nagpalistaak iti serbisio idi treinta ti Abril mil nuebesientos nobenta’y

otso 2. New Year (Baro a Tawen) - Primero ti Enero Christmas (Paskua) - Beinte singko ti Disiembre All Saints Day (Aldaw Dagiti Sasanto/Todos Los Santos) - Primero ti Nobiembre

All Souls Day (Aldaw Dagiti Kararrua) - Dos ti Nobiembre Independence Day (Aldaw ti Independensia - Dose ti Hunio Rizal Day (Aldaw ni Rial) - Treinta ti Disiembre Labor Day (Aldaw ti Panagtrabaho)- Primero ti Mayo Philippine National Day(Aldaw ti Pagilian) - Dose ti Hunio Bonifacio Day (Aldaw ni Bonifacio) - Treinta ti Nobiembre

135

Lesson 10 Iti Aglawlaw Ti Balay

Around the House

This lesson will introduce you to: - Basic vocabulary related to the home (types of rooms, furniture, etc.)

1. Listen to the vocabulary below and repeat after the speaker. Bathroom Banio Bedroom Silid nga Pagturugan Dining room Panganan; Komedor Door Ridaw Floor Datar/Basar Window Tawa Garage Garahe Roof Atep Antenna Antena Office Opisina Basement Sirok; Baba Yard Inaladan(a ruruot) Kitchen Kosina Living room Salas One-story Maysa a Kadsaaran Two-story Dua a Kadsaaran First floor Umuna a datar Second floor Maikadua a datar

2. Match the Ilokano words in the left column with their English equivalents in the right column. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. Banio A. Basement 2. Silid nga Pagturugan B. Yard 3. Panganan C. Garage 4. Ridaw D. Living room 5. Datar/Basar E. Bathroom 6. Tawa F. Kitchen 7. Garahe G. Bedroom 8. Salas H. Door 9. Opisina I. Dining room 10. Sirok J. Floor 11. Inaladan K. Office 12. Kosina L. Window

136

3. Complete the following sentences by filling in the blanks from the list of words written in the box below. Check your work with the answer key. garahe silid nga antena inaladan kosina salas pagturugan (ti ruruot) panganan/komedor

1. Adda maysa nga ___________ iti atep. 2. Adda ___________ ti nagbaetan iti opisina ken ti banio.

3. Adda ___________ iti sango ti balay

4. Adda kosina ti nagbaetan _____________________________________. 4. Draw a plan of your house and tell your partner in Ilokano the types of rooms you have and where they are located. Work in pairs or in small groups. 5. Match the following questions with the correct answers. Check your work with the answer key. A. Ayanna kadi ti banio? 1. Wen, addaankami iti bassit a garahe. B. Ayanna kadi ti kosina? 2. Ti pagturugan ken sumaruno iti salas. C. Ayanna kadi ti silid nga pagturugan? 3. Wen, addaankam iti dakkel a sirok. D. Addaanka kadi iti panganan? 4. Addaankam iti tallo nga pagturugan. E. Addanka kadi ti garahe? 5. Ti kosina ket adda iti umuna a datar. F. Addaanka kadi ti mano a silid nga pagturugan?

6. Ti banio ket sumaruno iti pagturugan.

G. Addaanka kadi ti sirok? 7. Saan, awanankam ti panganan.

137

6. Pretend that you want to buy a house. Your classmate is a real estate agent. Make up a dialogue using the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups. Model: A. Kayatko ti gumatang ti dua a kadsaaran nga balay. B. Adda maysa nga napintas, bassit a balay sumaruno ti paglakuan. A. Addaan iti mano a silid nga pagturugan iti balay? B Addaan iti maysa a silid nga pagturugan. A. Addaan iti mano nga banio ti balay? B. Addaan iti maysa nga nakaskasdaaw nga banio ti balay. A. Adda kadi kosina ti balay B. Wen, addaan maysa a kosina ti balay. Model: A. I want to buy a two-story house. B. There is a nice small house next to the market. A. How many bedrooms does the house have? B. It has one bedroom. A. How many bathrooms are there in the house? B. There is a big wonderful bathroom in the house. A. Is there a kitchen in the house?

B. Yes, there is. (etc.) Grammar Notes: “Mano? is an interrogative that asks “How many” or “How much” and requires a number for an answer. It may be used either to ask about quantity (“How many points do they have?”), or to ask about value or worth, as in “How much does this book cost?”. Examples: a. How many books are you reading? (Mano nga liblibro ti basbasaem?) How many pencils you bought? (Mano nga laplapis ti nagatangmo? Notice these sentences ask for quantity. b. How much is an apple? (Mano ti maysa nga mansanas? How much is a pound of fish? (Mano ti maysa nga libra nga lames?) Notice these sentences ask for price or value.

138

7. Familiarize yourself with these terms for furniture and furnishings. Listen and repeat after the speaker.

Bathtub Bed Bookcase Chair Closet Pagdigusan Katre Aparador ti libro Tugaw Aparador A lababo

Table Refrigerator Dresser Lamp Microwave oven Lamisaan Pagpalamiisan Tokador Lampara Maykroweb (Nebera)

Radio Carpet Sink Sofa Stove Radio Alpombra Lababo Sopa Pugon (Dalikan)

Telephone Television Toaster Toilet Telepono Telebision Tostaan Kasilias

139

8. Below is a chart with rooms you would find in a typical home. Under each room, list the furniture and furnishings (from the list above) that you would expect to find there. Some items will be used more than once.

Kosina Panganan/Komedor Salas Silid a Pagturugan

Banio

9. Using the chart above, read and translate questions about the furniture in your rooms. Check your work with the answer key.

1. Ania ti adda kenka idiay kosinam? Addaanak iti dalikan, maysa nga lamisaan, ken dalikan.

2. Ania ti adda kenka idiay salasmo? Addaanak iti lamisaan, alpombra, ken sopa. 3. Ania ti adda kenka idiay banyom? Addaanak iti alababo, kasilias, ken maysa a tuwalia 4. Ania ti adda kenka idiay garahem? Addaanak iti tugaw ken telebision 5. Ania ti adda kenka idiay silid a pagturugam? Addaanak iti kama, tugaw, ken lamisaan

10. Listen and read along as a speaker talks about his home and then answer questions about the passage. Pancho ti naganko. Agnanaedak idiay Cebu a kaduak ti asawak ken dua nga annakko. Addankam iti maysa a bassit nga dua kadsaaran nga balay. Agnanaed ti tatangko kaniami. Addaan ti tallo a silid nga pagturugan iti balay: maysa para ti asawak ken siak; maysa para iti dua nga annakmi nga lallaki, ken maysa para kenni tatangko. Dua a silid nga pagturugan iti maikadua nga datar, ken maysa a silid nga pagturugan iti umuna a datar. Addaankam iti dua nga banio. Addaankam iti dakkel nga kosina nga adda dalikan, orno, lababo ken pagpalamiisan(nebere). Idiay kosina ket maysa a dakkel nga lamisaan nga pangananmi. Awan ti komedormi. Ti salasmi ket adda sopa, maysa nga lamisaan, dua nga tugaw, ken maysa nga bassit nga telebision. Iti rabii, kalpasan ti pangrabii, agbuybuyaak ti telebision ken ti pamiliak.

140

A. Sadino ti pagnanaedan ti pamilia? B. Mano ti tattao ti agnanaed idiay balay?

C. Maysa kadi a kadsaaran wenno dua a kadsaaran iti balay?

D. Addaan ti mano nga pagturugan ken asinno ti matmaturog iti ania a pagturugan?

E. Mano a silid nga pagturugan iti adda iti umuna nga datar?

F. Addaan iti mano nga banio ti balay?

G. Sadino ti pangpangananda?

H. Ania ti ar-aramiden ti pamilia iti rabii kalpasan ti pangrabii?

141

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the speaker and circle the terms that you hear.

1. bedroom bathroom living room 2 lamp oven stove 3 toilet bathtub sink 4. sofa chair bed 5. carpet floor window 6. chair dresser radio 7. first floor second floor one-story 8. garage basement roof

2. You have a guest in your home. Give them answers, in Ilokano, to the following questions. Where is the bathroom? (Ayanna kadi ti pagdigusan?) Where is the kitchen? (Ayanna kadi ti kosina?) How many bedrooms do you have? (Addaanka kadi iti mano nga silsilid a pagturugan?) Where is the telephone? (Ayanna kadi ti telepono?) Can I watch television? (Mabalinko kadi ti agbuya iti telebision?) When do you eat dinner? (Kaano kadi ti panangrabiim?) What time do you get up in the morning? (Ania kadi nga oras ti babangonmo iti bigat?) What time do you go to work? (Ania nga oras nga sumsumrekka iti trabaho?)

142

Vocabulary List Basement Sirok(ti balay) Bathroom Pagdigusan Bathtub Batis ti pagdigusan Bed Kama Bedroom Silid a pagturugan Bookcase Aparador ti liblibro Chair Tugaw Closet Aparador Table Lamisaan Dining room Panganan; Komedor Door Ridaw Dresser Tokador Floor Datar Garage Garahe Kitchen Kosina Lamp Lampara Living room Salas Microwave oven Orno nga maykroweb One-story Maysa nga kadsaaran Oven Orno Radio Radio Carpet Alpombra Second floor Maikadua nga datar Sink Alababo Sofa/couch Sopa/Papag Stove Dalikan/Pugon Television Telebision Toaster Tostador Toilet Kasilias Two-story Dua nga kadsaaran Window Tawa

143

Answer Key 2. 1. Banio E. Bathroom 2. Silid nga Pagturugan G. Bedroom 3. Panganan I. Dining room 4. Ridaw H. Door 5. Datar/Basar J. Floor 6. Tawa L. Window 7. Garahe C. Garage 8. Salas D. Living room 9. Opisina K. Office 10. Sirok A. Basement 11. Inaladan B. Yard 12. Kosina F. Kitchen 3. garage bedroom antenna yard kitchen living room

the dining room 1. There is a/an _______________on the roof. 2. There is a __________________between the office and the bathroom. 3. There is a _________________ in front of the house. 4. There is a kitchen between __________________________.

1. antena 2. salas 3. Inaladan (ti ruruot) 4. opisina ken pagdigusan

5. A Where is the bathroom? 6. The bathroom is next to the bedroom. A. Ayanna kadi ti banio? 6. Ti banio ket sumaruno iti pagturugan. B. Where is the kitchen? 5. The kitchen is on the first floor. B. Ayanna kadi ti kosina? 5. Ti kosina ket adda iti umuna a datar.

144

C. Where is the bedroom? 2. The bedroom is next to the living room. C. Ayanna kadi ti silid nga pagturugan? 2. Ti pagturugan ken sumaruno iti salas. D. Do you have a dining room? 7. No, we don’t have a dining room. D. Addaanka kadi iti panganan? 7. Saan, awanankam ti panganan. . E. Do you have a garage? 1. Yes, we have a small garage. E. Addanka kadi ti garahe? 1. Wen, addaankami iti bassit a garahe. F. How many bedrooms do you have? 4. We have three bedrooms. F. Addaanka kadi ti mano a silid nga pagturugan?

4. Addaankam iti tallo nga pagturugan.

G. Do you have a basement? 3. Yes, we have a big basement. G. Addaanka kadi ti sirok? 3. Wen, addaankam iti dakkel a sirok.

9. 1. What do you have in your kitchen? - I have a stove, a table, and stove. 2. What do you have in your dining room? – I have a table, carpet and a sofa. 3. What do you have in your bathroom? – I have a sink, toilet, and a towel. 4. What so you have in your garage? – I have a chair, and television. 5. What do you have in the bedroom? – I have a bed, chair, and a table. 10. My name is Pancho. I live with my wife and two children in Cebu. We have a small two-story house. My father lives with us. The house has 3 bedrooms: one for my wife and I, one for our two sons, and one for my father. Two bedrooms are on the second floor, and one bedroom is on the first floor. We have two bathrooms. We have a large kitchen with a stove, oven, sink and refrigerator. In the kitchen there is a large table where we eat. We do not have a dining room. Our living room has a sofa, a table, two chairs, and a small television. In the evening after dinner, my family and I watch TV. A. Where does the family live? B. How many people live in the house? C. Is the house one story or two story? D. How many bedrooms are there, and who sleeps in which bedroom? E. How many bedrooms are on the first floor? F. How many bathrooms are there in the house? G. Where do they eat their meals? H. What does the family do in the evening after dinner?

145

A. Idiay Cebu B. Uppat C. Dua nga kadsaaran D. Tallo nga pagturugan: Dua nga pagturugan iti maikadua nga kadsaaran; maysa nga

pagturugan iti umuna nga kadsaaran. E. Maysa nga pagturugan F. Dua nga banio G. Kosina H. Agbuya ti telebision

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1.

1. bathroom Pagdigusan 2. lamp Lampara 3. sink Alababo 4. bed Kama 5. window Tawa 6. radio Radio 7. first floor Umuna a datar 8. roof Atep

146

Lesson 11 Kasasaad ti Panawen ken Dagiti Pannawen

Weather and Seasons

This lesson will introduce you to: - Vocabulary related to weather, seasons, and climate - How to ask for and give temperatures - How to understand the weather report - How to discuss the weather and climate in Ilokano.

1. Listen to the weather terms as they are read aloud. Repeat the weather terms after the speaker.

Rain Sun Wind Tudo Init Angin

Snow Fog Clouds Niebe Angep Ul-ulep

147

2. Match the pictures with the correct weather term. Check your answers with the answer key. 1 2 3 4

Angin

Init

Tudo

Niebe

3. What do you hear? Circle the terms you hear spoken by the native speaker. Play Audio rain sun wind snow fog clouds

4. Familiarize yourself with the following terms related to the weather. Pause the recording as many times as you need. Repeat after the speaker. Temperature Kapudot Fahrenheit/Celsius Fahrenheit/Celsius Weather Panawen/Tiempo Weather forecast Padto ti panawen Weather report Padamag ti panawen Winter Panawen ti Lam-ek December Desiembre January Enero February Pebrero Spring Panawen ti Panagtutubo March Marso April Abril May Mayo Summer Panawen ti Kalgaw June Hunio July Hulio August Agosto Fall Panawen ti Panagregreg September Setiembre October Oktubre

148

November Nobiembre Clear Nalawag Cloudy Naulep Overcast Nalidem/Nakuyem Windy Naangin Cold Nalammi-is Low temperature Nababa nga kapudot Freezing Agyelyelo Below freezing Nalabes nga panagyelo na/nakalamlammi-is unay Warm Apagisu ti kapudot High temperature Nangato ti kapudot na Hot Napudot Dry Namaga/tikag Sunny Nainit Rainy Natudo/Natutudo

Grammar Notes: (1) Usually the word “tudo” (rain) is used as a noun, but it is also used as the root word in “natutudo” (rainy), “agtudtudo” (raining), or “agtudo” (to rain). Examples: a) Napigsa ti tudo na ita. (The rain is strong today). “Rain” in this sentence is used as a noun and as the subject of the sentence. b) Natutudo ti siudad ti Seattle. (It is rainy in the city of Seattle.) c) Agtudtudo ti suidad ti Seattle. (It is raining in the city of Seattle.) d) Agtudo no bigat ti siudad ti Seattle. (It rains/will rain tomorrow in the city of Seattle.) (2) The words “rainy” (natudo/tutudo), “foggy” (naulep), “windy” (naangin), etc. are adjectives and are formed from the root words (rain/tudo, fog/ulep, wind/angin, etc.) by adding the prefix “na.” For example:

na + tudo = natudo na + ulep = naulep na + angin = naangi

Example: Natutudo ti panawen iti Manila no bulan ti Hunio ken bulan ti Hulio. (The weather in Manila is rainy during the month of June and the month of July.) The word “natutudo” (rainy) in this sentence is used to describe the weather in Manila. (3) The words “ti,” “nga,” and “iti” are particles/markers/linkers in Ilocano. Napudot ti Manila. (Manila is hot.) Ti Manila nga suidad ket napudot. (The City of Manila is hot.) Napudot ti Manila iti panawen ti kalgaw. (Manila is hot in the summer.)

149

5. Listen to typical questions and responses about the weather. Repeat them after the speaker. How is the weather in December? It’s cold and snowy. Kasano iti panawen ti Deciembre? Nalammi-is ken naniebe How is the weather in April? It’s warm and clear. Kasano iti panawen ti Abril? Apagisu ti pudot na ken

nalawag. How is the weather in July? It’s sunny and hot. Kasano iti panawen ti Hulio? Nainit ken napudot. How is the weather in October? It’s windy and rainy. Kasano iti panawen ti Oktubre? Naangin ken natudo/natutudo.

6. Read the following short dialogues on weather and match each one to a picture below. Check your work with the answer key. Kasano iti panawen ita nga aldaw? Ania iti kapudot na? Nalidem ken agtudtutudo. Duapulo ket dua a degri Celsius. Napudot unay ken nalawag Kasano iti panawen dita? Nai-init kadi? Agniniebe kadi ken nalabes ti panagyelyelo na?

Saan, saan a naangep ken nalammi-is.

#__Naangep ken nalidem. #__ Nalammi-is ken agyelyelo

150

#__ Nalawag ken naangin. #__ Naniebe ken nalami-is. 7. Work with a partner. Complete the dialogues according to the models in Exercise 5 and Exercise 6. Use the vocabulary given below. Check your work with the answer key. Nainit Natudo Napudot Nalammiis Nalawag Naangep Sunny Rainy Hot Cold Clear Foggy Nalidem Naulep Nalabes Nga

lammiis Apagisu ti pudot

Namaga

Overcast Cloudy Below Freezing

Warm Dry

- Kasano iti panawen ti Enero? - ____________ ken ___________. - Kasano iti panawen ti Mayo? - ___________ ken _____________. - Kasano iti panawen ti Agosto? - ____________ ken ____________. - Kasano iti panawen ti Nobiembre? - ____________ ken ___________.

8. Work with a partner. Put the given words in a correct order so that you can ask a question and give an answer about the weather for different times of the year. Translate the sentences into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key. 1) Manila/ hot/ in/ is/ yes/ June/ it / in/ and / sunny 2) Manila/ in/ cold/ November/ is/ no/ it/ and/ sunny/ in/ no/ windy 3) March/ is/ warm/ in/ yes/ it/ in/ Manila/

151

9. Listen to the speaker. Mark the statement that you hear. Check the answer key.

1. A. Iti panawen ti Setiembre ket nalawag ken nainit. B. Iti panawen ti Setiembre ket natutudo ken kalalaingan ti pudot na. C. Iti panawen ti Setiembre ket naangep ken nalammi-is. 2. A. Ania ti kapudot na ita nga aldaw? Duapulo ket dua nga degri iti Celsius. B. Ania ti kapudot na ita nga aldaw? Duapulo ket dua nga degri iti Fahrenheit. C. Ania ti kapudot na ita nga aldaw? Duapulo ket dua nga degri. 3. A. Nalammi-s kadi ti panawen ti panagtutubo? Saan, kalalaingan ti pudot na ken nainit. B. Agtudtudo kadi ti panawen ti panagtutubo? Saan, kalalaingan ti pudot na ken nainit. C. Naangin kadi ti panawen ti panagtutubo? Saan, kalalaingan ti pudot na ken nainit 4. A. Ania ti padto ti panawen para kabigatan na? Naliden ken nalammi-is. B. Ania ti padto ti panawen para kabigatan na? Naulep ken kalalaingan ti pudot na. C. Ania ti padto ti panawen para kabigantan na? Nainit ken nalam-ek/nalammi-is

5. A. Dagiti panagkakalgaw nga panawen ket nainit ken natutudo. Dagiti panawen ti panaglalam-ek ket nalammi-is ken naniebe.

B. Dagiti panagkakalgaw nga panawen ket nainit ken namaga. Dagiti panaglalam-ek nga panawen ket nalammi-is ken naniebe. C. Dagiti panagkakalgaw nga panawen ket napudot ken nainit. Dagiti panaglalam-ek nga panawen ket nalamlammiis ken naniebe.

10. Familiarize yourself with the following terms related to weather and natural disasters. Pause the recording as many times as you need. Repeat after the speaker.

Lightning Thunderstorm Tornado Kimat Nepnep Alipugpog

152

Hurricane (Typhoon) Flood Alawig/Napigsa nga bagyo Layos

11. What do you hear? Circle the term you hear spoken by the native speaker. Check your answers with the answer key. Play Audio Lightning Thunderstorm Flood Tornado Typhoon 12. Answer the questions. Check your work with the answer key.

Nepnep kadi dayta? Layos kadi dayta? Alawig kadi dayta?

Saan, dayta ket _________. Saan, dayta ket__________. Saan,dayta_ket_________.

Alipugpog kadi dayta? Kimat kadi dayta? Saan, dayta ket__________________. Saan, dayta ket ____________________.

153

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Listen to the following weather report for different cities in Manila. Fill in the chart below with the weather and temperature for each city. Pause or replay the audio if needed. Check your work with the answer key.

City Weather Temperature 1. 2. 3. 4.

2. Listen to the following weather report and answer the questions below. Check your work with the answer key. 1. For what city is this weather report? a. Manila b. Batangas c. Iloilo 2. For what date is this weather report? a. November 15, 2003 b. November 14, 2004 c. November 15, 2004 3. What will be the high and low temperatures for the day? a. 40-degrees Celsius and 35-degrees Celsius b. 32-degrees Celsius and 23-degrees Celsius c. 30-degrees Celsius and 22-degrees Celsius

154

4. Is rain expected? a. Yes, there is rain coming. b. No, there is no rain coming. 5. Is wind mentioned? a. Yes there is a strong wind coming. b. No, there is no wind coming. 3. Working in pairs or small groups, describe the pictures below. Using the vocabulary you have learned in this lesson, compose a story to match the pictures. Include the season of the year, the name of the month, the type of weather it seems to be, etc. See the answer key for a sample description of each picture.

1 2

3

155

Vocabulary List Weather Panawen/Tiempo Weather forecast Padto ti panawen Weather report Padamag ti Panawen Rain Tudo Sun Init Wind Angin Snow Niebe Fog Angep Lightning Kimat Thunderstorm Nepnep Tornado Alipugpog Hurricane clouds Alawig nga ul-ulep Rainy Natutudo Sunny Nai-init Cloudy Naulep Freezing Agyelyelo Clear Nalawag Temperature Fahrenheit/Celsius

Kapudot Fahrenheit/Celsius

Hot Napudot Cold Nalami-is Warm Napudot Dry Namaga Overcast Nalidem Windy Naangin Winter Panawen ti Lam-ek December Deciembre January Enero February Pebrero Spring Panawen ti Panagtutubo March Marso April Abril May Mayo Summer Panawen ti Kalgaw June Hunio July Hulio August Agosto Fall Panawen ti Panagregreg September Setiembre October Oktubre November Nobiembre High Nangato Low Nababa

156

Answer Key 2. Angin - Picture 3 Init - Picture 4 Tudo - Picture 1 Niebe – Picture 2 3. rain – tudo wind – angin clouds – ul-ulep fog – angep 6.

- How is the weather today? - What is the temperature?

- It is overcast and raining. - It is 22 degrees Celsius. It is very warm and clear.

- How is the weather there? - It is sunny. - It’s snowing and below freezing. - It is foggy and cold.

Picture no.1: Naangep ken nalammi-is. Picture no.2: Agniniebe ken nalabes ti lammi-is na.

Picture no.3: Nalidem ken agtudtudo. Picture no. 4: Naiinit,

7. - How is the weather in January? - Kasano kadi iti panawen ti Enero? - It’s cold and snowy. - Nalammi-is ken naniebe. - How is the weather in May? - Kasano kadi iti panawen ti Mayo. - It’s foggy and rainy. - Naangep ken natudo. - How is the weather in November? - Kasano kadi iti panawen ti Nobiembre? - It’s cloudy and overcast. - Naulep ken nalidem.

157

8. Student 1: Napudot ken nainit kadi iti Manila iti Hunio? Student 2: Wen, napudot ken nainit iti Manila iti Hunio. Student 1: Nalammi-is, nainit ken naangin kadi ti siudad iti Nobiembre? Student 2: Saan, saan nga nalammi-is, nainit,ken naangin ti siudad iti Nobiembre. Student 1: Apagisu ti pudot na kadi ti Manila iti Marso? Student 2: Wen, apagisu ti pudot na ti Manila iti Marso.

Student 1: Is it hot and sunny in Seattle in June?

Student 2: Yes, it’s hot and sunny in Seattle in June. Student 1: Is it cold, hot and windy in the city in November? Student 2: No, it is not cold, hot and windy in the city in November. Student 1: Is it warm in Portland in March? Student 2: Yes, it is warm in Portland in March. 9.

1. C 2. B 3. C 4. C

5. B 11. Nepnep - Thunderstorm Alipugpog - Tornado Layos - Flood 12. - Is it a thunderstorm? - Is it a flood? - Is it a hurricane? - No, it’s lightning. - No, it’s a tornado. - No, it’s lighning.

- Is it a tornado? - Is it lightning? - No, it’s a flood. - No, it’s a hurricane.

158

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. 1. Manila very hot 40 degrees Celsius 2. Baguio cold 26 degrees Celsius 3. Zamboanga cold 26 degrees Celsius 4. Benguet warm 29-30 degrees Celsius Weather Report, November 14, 2004. Good morning to all of my countrymen! I am Julius Babao from KPYO. It’s summer season again. Here, in Manila city, it’s very hot . Its temperature has reached to 40 degrees Celsius. But in Baguio city it’s a little bit cooler. According to the weather forecast its temperature will be 26 degrees Celsius. The southern Mindanao city of Zamboanga will reach 26 degrees Celsius like Baguio city. Therefore, it is good to go to seashore where there is a fresh air. It is nice to go to Benguet city too in April because the temperature is warm reaching only to 29-30 degrees Celsius. 1. Padamag ti Panawen , Petsa katorse ti Nobiembre, Dos Mil Kuatro. Naimbag a bigatyo amin dita kailian! Tiempo manen dagiti kalkalgaw. Ditoy siudad ti Manila, ket kasta unay ti pudotna manen. Nakadanon ti uppat a pulo a degri iti Celsius ti kapudotna. Ngem idiay siudad ti Baguio, nalamlami-is bassit,, ta segun ti padto ti panawen idiay ket dua a pulo ket innem a degri ti kapudotna. Kasta met idiay agpaammianan a parte ti Pilipinas a kasla iti siudad ti Zamboanga, makadanon ti kapudotna ti duapulo ket innem met a degri iti Celsius a kasla iti siudad ti Baguio. Isunga ti nasayaat, mapan kayo amin idiay igid ti baybay ta napariir ti anginna sadiay. Napintas met ti mapan ti siudad ti Benguet iti Abril, ta apagisu ti pudotna ket makadanon laeng ti duapulo ket siyam inggana ti tallopulo a degri iti Celsius. 2. 1. Batangas 2. November 15, 2004 3. 35 and 23 degrees Celsius 4. Yes, there’s expected rain coming. 5. Yes, there’s expected strong wind coming. 2. Padamag ti Panawen, Petsa kinse,ti Nobiembre, Dos Mil Kuatro. Daytoy umay nga aldaw ditoy Batangas, napudot unay pay ta ag-uppat a pulo a degri pay laeng ti kapudotna. Ngem agbalin kano a tallopulo ket lima a degri ti kababana no rabii. Isunga makagin-awa met laeng a dagus ti entero a siudad ti nangato a kapudotna. Iti sumaruno a lawasna, adda kano umay a napigsa a tudo ken angin, ket naipabbblaaken nga agsagana ti entero a siudad maipanggep daytoy a banag. Urayenyo ti sumaruno a padamag no adda ti uray ania man a pagbaliwan na.

159

English Translation of Weather Report no. 2: Weather Report, November 15, 2004. It’s very hot here, in Batangas city. The high temperature today is 40 degrees Celsius but it will drop to 30 degrees Celsius for tonight. Therefore, it will be a great relief from the midday’s hot temperature. However, the following week, based on the report today there will be strong rain and wind. There are already warnings for the entire city to prepare for the coming strong rain and wind. Just wait for the following reports for any changes. 3. Picture 1. Nalawag ken nainit unay ti bulan ti Hulio, ket ti kapudot ket siyamngapulo ket lima nga degri Fahrenheit. Isunga idiay igid ti baybay adda maysa nga ubing nga nakausob nga awan ti kamiseta na ta mapudutan unay ket naragsak nga agayayayam ti balay-balay nga darat uray no maymaysa na. It is clear and very hot in the month of July and its temperature reached to 95 degrees Fahrenheit. Because it is too hot, the child took off his shirt while playing with white sand castles on the beach and enjoying the day even though he is playing alone. Picture 2. Naangep ken agawan manen ti bulbulong ti kaykayo ta panawen manen ti panagregreg mangrugi ti bulan ti Setiembre inggana ti bulan ti Nobiembre. Natudo datoy nga panawen ken mangrugi manen ti panagsagana ti umay nga panawen ti lam-ek.Iti kapudot na ti kastoy nga panawen ket mabalin nga agtallongapulo nga degri Fharenheit. It is foggy and all the leaves are disappearing from the trees at the beginning of September to November. The temperature is about 45 degrees Fahrenheit here in Washington. It is also rainy and beginning to prepare for winter weather. Picture 3. Dagiti panawen ti panaglalam-ek ket bulan ti Deciembre, Enero ken Pebrero. Makadanon ti kapudot na kadagitoy nga bulbulan mangrugi ti duangapulo ket lima nga degri Fahrenheit ditoy Washington. Nalammi-is unay ken naniebe datoy nga panawen. Ket no adda ti adu nga napuskol nga niebe macaluban na amin nga linia t ti kalkalsada ket narigat ti agmaneho. The winter months are December, January and February. The temperature here in Washington is between 20 to 25 degrees Fahrenheit. It is very cold at this time. There is a lot of snow; all the roads and pathways outside are covered with thick snow that makes it very hard to drive.

160

Lesson 12 Langa

Personal Appearance

This lesson will introduce you to: - Physical features (hair color, weight, height, etc.) - Articles of clothing - Colors - Appropriate ways to ask about someone’s appearance.

1. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the descriptions of people’s appearances.

Tall Short Heavy Thin Young Old

Natayag Bassit/Ababa Nadagsen Nakuttong Agtutubo Nataenganen/Lumakayen

Short Long Blond Red Gray

Ababa/Bassit Attidog Maris a kasla ti amarilio/balitok

Nalabasit Maris a kasla ti dapo

161

2. Look at the pictures below and listen to the descriptions of people’s appearances.

This woman is young. This man is also young. Nataengan datoy a babai . Nataenganen metten datoy a lalaki. She is tall and thin. He has an average height and medium frame. Natayag ken nakuttong isuna. Addaan ti kalkalainganna a kangato ken kalkalainganna a pammagi. Grammar notes: 1. Adjectives generally include a prefix, though there are a few that do not have a prefix, such as baro (new), bassit (small), dakkel (large), etc. a) Most adjectives use the prefix “na:” natayag tall nakuttong thin

nalinteg straight nadagsen heavy (weight) nalag-an light (weight) nalaka cheap/easy

napintas pretty nagarbo handsome nasadot lazy nagaget industrious (etc.)

b) A small group of adjectives can also serve as adverbs: these are formed from verb roots and use the prefix ‘ma’:

mabigbig well-known malako saleable, selling masansan frequent (ly) c) There is a small group of adjectives that has a “frozen” prefix: “a.” This prefix

indicates measurement or distance. Note that this prefix always occurs in Ilokano (although not in other Philippine languages).

ababa short adayo far asideg near attiddog long

162

2. To say “tall guy” in Ilokano, you may put the adjective before or after the noun, but you must include a particle, “nga” or “a.” Look at the example below. natayag a lalaki (tall guy) wenno(or) lalaki a natayag (guy who is tall) nadagsen a ubing (heavy child) ubing a nadagsen (child who is heavy)

nakuttong a babai (thin/slender woman) babai a nakuttong (woman who is thin/slender)

nataengan a tao (old man) tao a nataenganen (person who is old)

3. To compare two people or things, repeat the second syllable of the adjective, as in the examples below: natayag (tall) nataytayag (taller) Nataytayag ni Pedro ngem ni Mario.

(Pedro is taller than Mario.) nadagsen (heavy) nadagdagsen (heavier) nakuttong (thin) nakutkuttong (thinner) Adjectives without the “na” prefix just repeat the first syllable: Bassit (small) Basbassit (smaller) Basbassit ni Mario ngem ni Pedro. Dakkel (big/large) Dakdakel (bigger) (Mario is smaller than Pedro.) Note: “ngem ni” is used before a name of a person. “ngem iti/ti” is used before a common noun. 4. To compare more than two people or things, place the prefix “ka” before the root word of the adjective and add the suffix “an” at the end of the root word: ka + tayag + an = katayagan tallest Prefix + RW + suffix

kadagsenan heaviest kakuttungan most slender/thinnest

Example: Isu ti katayaganda amin nga agtutubo a lallaki iti klase. He is the tallest boy in the class.

163

3. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and repeat as you follow along in the workbook. Hair: Blond Buok: Maris a kasla ti

balitok/amarilio Brown Kayumanggi Red Nalabaga/Nalabasit Gray Maris a kasla ti dapo Curly Kulot Straight Nalinteg/unnat

This young woman has short brown hair. This young man also has short brown hair. Adda ti ababa a buokna a kayumanggi Adda met ti ababa a buokna a daytoy a babai. kayumanggi daytoy a lalaki.

The young girl has long blond hair. The old man has gray hair. Adda ti buokna nga attiddog a kasla Adda ti buokna a kasla maris iti maris ti balitok daytoy nga agtutubo a babai. dapo iti nataenganen a lalaki.

164

4. Look at the pictures and write descriptions of the people. Use the appropriate grammar and vocabulary. Check your work with the answer key for some examples. Example: The taller, young man has gray hair, and the shorter man has blond hair.

* Adda ti buokna a kasla ti maris ti dapo iti agtutubo a nataytayag a lalaki ken adda ti buok a kasla ti maris ti amarilio iti basbassit a lalaki.

1 2 3 4

5. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and repeat as you follow along in the workbook.

Ear Nose Eye Mouth Glasses Beard

Lapayag Agong Mata Ngiwat Sarming/Antiokos Barbas

Light Skin Medium Skin Dark Skin

Napudaw a Kudil Kalkalainganna a Kudil Nangisit a Kudil

165

6. Referring to the chart in Exercise 5, write the characteristics and adjectives used to describe each feature. Eyes Hair Skin Height Frame Facial Features Asul Kulot Napudaw Natayag Kalkalainganna Nagbukel 7. In each line of text below, cross out the term that does not logically belong. Check your work with the answer key. Asul verde nakuttong kayumangi Ababa/Bassit sarming natayag kalkalainganna Agong barbas nadagsen mata Maris a kasla ti balitok maris a kasla ti dapo katayag Nangisit

8. Read the descriptions of different people’s appearances. Answer the questions. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. - Ania iti maris ti buok ni Maria? - Ti maris ti buokna ket kayumanggi. - Atiddog wenno ababa kadi iti buok ni Maria? - Ababa. - Kulot kadi wenno unnat/nalinteg ti buok ni Maria? - Unnat/nalinteg. 2. - Agararamat kadi ti sarming ni Mario? - Saan, saan a agararamat isu ti sarming. - Ania ti maris ti matmata ni Mario? - Asul iti matmatana. 3. - Natayag kadi ni Tomas? - Kalkalaingan ti kangatona. - Nadagsen kadi isuna?

- Saan, isuna ket nakuttong.

Questions: 1. How many people were described? 2. What were their names? 3. What kind of hair does Maria have? 4. Does Mario wear glasses? 5. Does Mario have brown eyes? 6. Is Tomas short and heavy?

166

9. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary on clothing and colors. Listen and repeat after the speaker.

Black Nangisit Gray Maris a kasla ti dapo Green Verde Red Nalabaga/nalabasit Blue Asul Yellow Amarilio/Duyaw White Puraw

Red Coat Gray Suit Tan Pants Blue Jeans Abrigo/Amerikana a

nalabaga Terno a kasla maris ti dapo

Kayumanggi a pantalon Asul a pantalon

Green Jacket Brown Sweater Orange Shirt Blue T-Shirt

Tsaketa a Verde Kayumanggi a

Suwiter Trubenais a kasla maris ti dalandan Asul a kamisita

Green Skirt Purple Dress White Sweat Suit Yellow Shorts

Verde a pandeling Ube/Lila a

Kawes/Bado Puraw a terno a

pangleng-et

Amarilio a putot/sapin nga

ababa

167

Brown Boots Blue Shoes Black Hat Gray Uniform

Kayumanggi a Botas Asul a Sapatos Nangisit a Kallugong Kasla Maris ti Dapo

nga Uniporme

Black Socks White Socks

Nangisit a Medias Puraw a Medias

10. Match each description with the corresponding picture. Fill in the blank with the correct letter. Note that there could be more than one match. Check your work with the answer key.

A B C D E Example: Ni D ket adda badona a lila ti marisna. (D has a purple dress.) 1. Ni …….ket maysa a nataenganen a babai. 2. Ni …….ket adda ti buokna a maris a kasla ti balitok/amarilio. 3. Ni …….ket adda buokna nga attiddog a kayumanggi. 4. Ni . ……ket nakakawwes ti terno a maris a kasla ti dapo. 5. Ni …… ket agararamat ti asul a pantalon. 6 Ni …….. ket agtutubo a babae. 7. Ni ……. ket natayag ken nakuttong. 8. Ni …….ket nakakawes ti amarilio/duyaw a bado. 9. Ni ……. ket nakakawes ti asul a kamisita. 10. Ni ...….. .ket nadagsen.

168

11. Translate the following descriptions into English. Check your work with the answer key. A. Natayag ken nakuttong ni Maria. Isuna ket tallopulo ti tawenna. Adda ti buokna a kulot a maris a kasla ti balitok, ken adda napudaw a kudilna ken verde a mata. B. Natayag ken nadagsen ni Mario. Uppat a pulo ket lima ti tawenna. Adda ti buokna nga ababa a kasla maris ti dapo, asul a mata, ken kudil a napudaw . C. Adda ti nangisit nga ababa a buok iti soldado. Bassit ken nakuttong isuna. D.Iti maysa nga agtutubo a babai ket sangapulo ti tawenna. Natayag ken nakuttong isuna.

169

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Describe the people you see in the pictures. For each person, include the approximate age, skin tone, color and length of hair, and what he/she is wearing. See the example below: Kulot ti buokna nga atiddog bassit daytoy a babai. Kayumanggi ti kudilna. Nalabaga ti kamisitana ken kalkalingan ti pammagina. Naragsak ti rupana. This woman has curly, medium length hair. She has brown skin. She is wearing a red T-shirt and has an average frame. She has a happy face.

1 2 3

4 5 6

170

2. Come up with a simple description for each of the people listed below. (You may substitute any individual you wish for those listed.) Be sure to include hair color and length, approximate height and age, eye color, and skin tone. See the answer key for other examples. Example: My mother is 63 years old. She is tall and has a medium frame. She has short, gray hair and brown eyes. She has light skin. She wears glasses. Ni Inangko ket agtawen ti innem a pulo ket tallo. Isuna ket natayag ken addaan ti kalkalainganna a pammagi. Addaan isuna ti ababa a buok a kasla maris ti dapo ken kayumanggi a matmata.Napudaw ti kudilna. Agararamat isuna ti antiokos. A. Mother B. Father C. Co-worker D. President of the United States E. Your next door neighbor 3. Work in pairs. Pretend that you and your partner are roommates and have a visitor. Ask your roommate questions about the visitor’s appearance. Your partner will describe the visitor. Describe the appearance in Ilokano. Is he/she tall or short? Heavy or thin? What kind of hair does he/she have? What is he/she wearing? What color are the clothes? Example: The young man is tall and has a medium frame. I like his short, curly brown hair. His brown skin harmonizes with his black suit, black shoes, and black hat. Iti agtutubo a lalaki ti tiendaan ket natayag ken kalkalainganna nga pammagi. Kayatko iti ababa, kulot ken buokna a kayumanggi. Iti kudilna a kayumanggi maibagbagay iti ternona a nangisit , sapatosna a nagisit ken kallugongna a nangisit.

171

Vocabulary List Average Kalkalainganna Beard Barbas Black Nangisit Blond Maris a kasla ti balitok/amarilio Blue Asul Blue jeans Asul a pantalon Boots Botas Brown Kayumanggi Color Maris/Kolor Curly Kulot Dark Nasipnget/nalidem Dress Kawes/Bado Ears Lapayag Eyes Mata Face Rupa Frame Pammagi Glasses Sarming/Antiokos Gray Maris a kasla ti dapo Green Berde Hair Buok Hat Kallugong Jacket Tsaketa Large Dakkel Light Nalag-an Man Lalaki Medium Kalkalainganna Mouth Ngiwat Nose Agong Old Nataengan Pants Pantalon Red Nalabaga/Nlabasit Shirt Kamisita Shoes Sapatos Short Bassit/Ababa Skin Kudil/Lalat Skirt Pandeling Small Bassit Straight Nalinteg/Unnat Suit Terno Sweater Suwiter Sweats Ling-et Tall Natayag/Nangato Thin Nakuttong To wear Agaramat

172

T-shirt Kamisita White Puraw Woman Babai Yellow Amarilio/Duyaw Young Agtutubo

173

Answer Key 4. Picture 1: The young man with blue shirt has a meduim frame. He has a gray colored hair. Picture 2: The other young guy has a yellow hat and orange shirt. .He is short. Both of them have are wearing the same color green pants. Picture 3: The adult woman is heavy. She has a curly yellow hair. She has blue pants. Picture 4: The other woman is also an adult. She is slender and tall. Her hair is straight and reddish medium long. She is wearing dress and also red shoes.

1. Adda kalkalaingan a pammagina iti agtutubo a lalaki nga adda ti asul nga trubenaisna.

2. Iti maysa met nga agtutubo a bassit a lalaki , adda ti kallugongna nga amarilio ti marisna ken maris a kasla dalandan ti trubenaisna. Agpadada ti maris ti pantalonda a dua.

3. Nadagsen ti maysa nga nataenganen a babai. Isuna ket adda kulot a buokna a kasla ti maris ti amarilio. Adda ti pantalonna nga asul.

4. Iti maysa met nga nataenganen a babai, nakuttong ken natayag. Ti buokna ket nalabaga a unnat/nalinteg ken kalkainganna ti kaattiddog ti buokna. Nakakawes isuna ti nalabaga ken adda met nalabaga a sapatosna.Kalkalaingan ti pammagina.

7. Nakuttong Sarming Nadagsen Katayag Blue Green Thin Brown Short Glasses Tall Average Nose Beard Heavy Eyes Blond Gray Height Dark

8.

1. - What color is Maria’s hair? - Her hair is brown.

- Is Maria’s hair long or short? - It’s short.

- Is Maria’s hair curly or staright?- - It’s straight.

174

2. -Does Pedro wear glasses? -No, he doesn’t wear glasses.

-What color are Pedro’s eyes? -His eyes are blue.

3. - Is Tomas tall? - He is average height. - Is he heavy? - No, he is thin. Answers to Questions:

1. 3 people 2. Maria. Pedro, and Tomas 3. brown (kayumanggi) 4. No (Saan) 5. No (Saan) 6. No, he’s average height and heavy.

10.

1. D 2. E 3. B 4. E 5. E 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A

11.

A. Maria is tall and thin. She is 3o years old. She has blond curly hair, green eyes, and fair skin.

B. Mario is tall and heavy. He is 45 years old. He has short gray hair, blue eyes, and light skin.

C. The soldier has short dark hair. He is short and thin. D. A young girl is 10 years old. She is tall and thin. She has long brown hair,

brown eyes, and dark skin.

175

End-of-Lesson Tasks 2. (Examples of Answers) A. Ni Inangko ket walopulo ti tawenna. Isuna ket bassit ken adda ti kayumaggi a kudilna. adda isuna ti attiddog a kasla maris ti dapo a buokna ken kayumanggi a matana. Saan nga agararamat isuna ti sarming Agkawkawes ti atiddog a pandeling ken kimona. A: My mother is 86 years old. She is small and has a brown skin. She has long, black gray hair and brown eyes. She doesn’t wear eyeglasses. She wears long skirt and kimona. B: My father is 96 years old. He is small and has brown skin. He has very short straight gray hair and brown eyes. He wears eyeglasses. He is good old man. B: Ni Tatangko ket siam a pulo ti tawenna. Bassit isuna ken adda ti kayumanggi a kudilna. Adda isuna ti buok nga ababa ken unnat a kasla ti maris ti dapo ken kayumanggi a matmatana. Agararamat ti sarming. Nasayaat a nataengan unayen a lalaki. C. My co-worker is 45 years old. She has white skin, blue eyes and tall. She has long red straight hair. She wears pants and long dress and high heel shoes. C. Iti kaduak ti tarabaho ket uppat a pulo ket lima ti tawenna. Napudaw ti kudilna, asul ti matana ken natayag. Atiddog nga unnat a nalabbasit ti buokna. Agkawkawes ti pantalon ken atiddog a bado ken nangato ti mukodna a sapatos. D. The President of the Philippines is an adult woman. She is strong, rich, and intelligent. She is 50 years old and has a brown skin. She is married and came from a well known family in the Philippines. She has a little bit curly black hair. D. Iti Pangulo ti Pilipinas ket nataenganen a babai. Napigsa isuna, nabaknang, ken nasirib. Agtawen isuna ti limapulo ken kayumaggi ti kudilna. Adda iti asawanan ken naggappu isuna ti mabigbigbig a pamilia.Adda buokna isuna a nangisit a saan unay a nakulot. E. My husband is 62 years old, He has brown skin and medium frame. He is short and with brown eyes and black hair. He wears pants all the time, wears eyeglasses and wears sneakers. E. Iti asawak ket innem a pulo ket dua ti tawenna. Adda kayumanggi a kudilna ken kalkailainganna a pammagi. Isuna ket bassit ken adda ti kayumanggi a matmatana ken nangisit a buok. Agpanpantalon a kanayon, agararamat ti sarming ken sneaker a sapatos.

176

Lesson 13 Lugan/Pagluganan

Transportation

This lesson will introduce you to: - Verbs of motion - Asking questions regarding different modes of transportation - Different types of transportation available in the Philippines. Cultural Notes: The transportation system in the Philippines is similar to the United States. Yet there are some noticeable differences. Most people in big cities rely on buses, passenger jeeps (jeepneys), taxicabs, tricycles, ferry boats and mini vans as their everyday transportation. Only a small percentage of the population in Manila can afford to buy their own cars because cars are too expensive for ordinary families. However, some lower income workers are proud car owners and some even hire their own personal drivers. Very few people use motorcycles for leisure. Instead motorcycles are converted to tricycles to make money as public transportation. Ferryboats, trains and airplanes are very accessible for commuter transport from Manila to Mindanao, Visayan, Palawan and other faraway islands. In villages and small towns, people still use “Karomata” or “Karatela” (horse-drawn vehicles for four to six passengers) and tricycles (for two passengers) as their primary means of transport to other towns and secluded areas. They could use small trucks and jeeps, but this is not very common as many of the roads are unpaved. Some people, especially tenant farmers, still depend on “Kariton” (wooden carts drawn by water buffalo, caribou, or bulls) to transport their products within village areas, though it is not advisable to use them on public roads.

177

1. Listen and repeat the following words as you read along.

Airplane Bicycle Ship Bus Eroplano Bisikleta Bapor Bus

Car Ferry Boat Helicopter Kotse Balsa/Pagiballasiw a Bapor Helikopter

Motorcycle Taxi Train Truck Motorsiklo Taksi Tren Trak Grammar Notes: 1. Verbs such as “to drive” and “to ride” are formed by adding the prefix ‘ag’ before the root word. Examples: (a) agmaneho (to drive) Agmanehoak ti kotse a mapan ti trabaho nga inaldaw. (I drive a car to go to work everyday.) . ‘ak’ is the short form for the pronoun ‘I’ (siak) and attached at the end of a word. (b) aglugan (to ride) Agluganak ti kotse a mapan ti trabaho nga inaldaw. (I ride in a car to go to work everyday.) 2. The verb “to walk” is translated as ‘magna”. Examples: (a) Magnaak a mapan ti libreria. (I walk to the library.)

(b) Magmagna ni Mario a mapan ti trabahona nga tunggal Lunes inggana’t Biernes. (Mario walks to work Monday to Friday.)

178

3. In Exercise 2, “I go by car” is formed first by affixing ‘ag’ before the word ‘kotse’. In short, “agkotse’ (ride/drive a car) is the same as “agmaneho ti kotse/aglugan ti kotse.” Examples: Agkotseak a mapan ti konsierto intono rabii. (I will go by car to the concert tonight.) Agbusak a mapan ti eskuelaan no bigat. (I will ride a bus to go to school tomorrow.) Agbapor isu a mapan ti Mindanaw. (She/he takes a ship to go to Mindanao.) “isu/isuna” is in the third person singular meaning “he/she”

Agtrenkami a mapan ti Manila no Mierkules. (We will ride a train to go to Manila on Wednesday.)

“kami’means ‘we’.

2. Listen to the questions and answers about using different forms of transportation. Repeat after the speaker as you read along.

How do you go to work? Kasanoka a mapan ti trabaho?

by car agkotseak a mapan car Agluganak ti kotse. by bus agbusak a mapan train Agluganak ti bus. by train agtrenak a mapan train Agluganak ti tren. by bicycle agbisikletaak a mapan

bicycle Agluganak ti bisikleta.

by boat agbaporak a mapan boat Agluganak ti bapor.

by motorcycle agmotorsikloak

motorcycle Agluganak ti motorsiklo.

I go Mapanak

by truck agtrakak

I take/ride the agluganak ti

truck Agluganak ti trak.

I walk Magnaak

Model: who + the verb of motion + mode of transportation + destination Example: I ride a bus to school. (Agluganak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan).

179

3. Read each statement below and match it with the correct picture. Check your work with the answer key.

1 2 3

4 5 6

A. Aglugannak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan kada bigat. B. Agluglugan dagiti soldado ti buyot a trak. C. No agtudtudo, agluglugan kami ti taksi. D. Agkotseak a mapan ti trabaho. E. Agluglugan ti bisikletana ti gayyemko a mapan ti trabaho. F. Agmotmotorsiklo ti kabsatko a lalaki. 4. Make complete sentences out of the words below. Use the following model. When you have finished, check the answer key for other examples. Model: who + the verb of motion + mode of transportation + destination Example: I ride a bus to school. Agluganak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan I, motorcycle, my brother, to ride, to, school, bicycle, our parents, car, airport, train, concert, library, my friend, to drive, taxi, bus, to walk For instance, you need to go to the post office, but don’t know how to get there. Ask a stranger on the street how to get there. - Excuse me. I want to go to the post office. How do I get there? - Dispensarennakman kadi, kayatko ti mapan ti opisina ti koreo. Kasano ti mapan idiay? - Bus number 14.

180

- Bus numero katorse/sangapulo ket uppat. - Thank you. - Pagyamanak! Grammar Notes: Dispensarennak man- excuse me Dispensaren/Pagdispensaren- excuse/pardon ‘Ak’ also means ‘me’ and is attached to the end of the word. Example: Dispensarennak, kayatko ti mapan ti opisina ti koreo. Kasano kadi ti mapan idiay? (Excuse me. I want to go to the post office. How do I get there? Kayatko- I want Kayat- want/like Masapulko- I need ‘Ko’ is a possessive modifier of the subject pronoun ‘I’ and is attached to the end of the word. Kasano - how (interrogative) Kadi- marker/indicator for asking questions Idiay – there (demonstrative pronoun/location) Agyamanak unay kenka/Dakkel a pagyamanak kenka are expressions that mean “Thank you very much”. (Usually,”kenka” is not necessary.) Unay- very/much Dakkel- literally means ‘big/large’ and may be used instead of ‘unay’. Agyamanak kenka ti dakkel or Dakkel a pagyamanak (“I thank you very much”, not “I thank you very big” as a literal translation.) Kenka- ‘for you’ Awan ti aniamanna- is an expression that literally translates to “It’s nothing” but its more popular meaning is “You’re welcome.”

5. Listen to the following dialogue them and repeat after the speaker. - Excuse me. I want to go to the library. How do I get there? - Dispensarennak kadi, kayatko ti mapan ti libraria. Kasano kadi ti mapan idiay ? - Take bus number 14. - Agluganka ti bus a numero uppat a pulo. - Thanks. - Pagyamanak.

181

- You’re welcome. - Awan ti aniamanna. - How do I get to the hospital? - Kasano ti mapan idiay ospital? - Take a taxi. - Agtaksika. - Thank you very much. - Pagyamanak unay (kenka) (to you) - You’re welcome. - Awan ti aniamanna. - Can you tell me how to get to the hotel from the airport? - Di la mabalin nga ibagam no kasano ti mapan ti otel manipud ti erport? - Take a train. - Agtrenka. - What number? -Ania kadi a numero? - Train number 22. - Tren numero a duapulo. - Thank you. -Pagyamanak. - You’re welcome. - Awan ti aniamanna. 6. Working with a partner, make up similar exchanges. Use the words from Exercise 5 and the pictures below to choose the destination. When you have finished, check your work with the answer key.

182

-

7. Now listen to the dialogues and mark the statement that you hear. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. A. Do you take a taxi to the concert? No, I take my car. B. Do you take a bus to the concert? No, I take my car. C. Do you take a train to the concert? No, I take my car. 2. A. What bus should I take to the post office? Bus number 18. B. What street should I take to the post office? 18th Street. C. What exit should I take to the post office? Exit 18. 3. A. My parents drive their cars to work, but we ride our bicycles. B. My parents drive their cars to work, but we walk. C. My parents drive their cars to work, but we take the train.

At the Gas Station (Iti Paggasolinaan)

8. Familiarize yourself with the following vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow along in your book. Gas Gasolina Gas station Paggasolinaan Service station Pagtarimaanan Diesel Diesel Car wash Pagdalusan ti Kotse Oil Lana/langis

183

Tire/tires Goma/Gomgoma Air Angin Water Danum Flat tire Naawanan/Naipessan ti angin a goma/naplatan

1 gallon = 3.785 liters 1 quart = .946 liters 1 liter = 2.1 pints 10 liters = 2.63 gallons Note: The majority of Filipinos use liters instead of gallons for liquid units of measurement. Liter-litro Gallon -Galon 10 liters of gasoline- sangapulo a litro a gasolina

9. Listen to the people at a service station and find out what each needs. Circle the English equivalents of the terms you hear. Check your answers with the Answer Key. A. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash B. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash C. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash D. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash 10. Familiarize yourself with these terms identifying infrastructure. Road Kalsada Highway Nalawa a dalan/kalsada or Haywey Freeway Nawayway a dalan/kalsada or Prewey Local road Kalsada ti uneg ti purok/Lokal a kalsada Railroad Dalan/kalsada ti tren

11. Match the mode of transportation with its infrastructure. Most items will have more than one match. Bus Dalan /Kalsada ti Tren Trak/Kotse Lokal a Dalan Tren Kalsada Bisikleta Nalawa a Dalan/Kalsada Motorsiklo Nawaya/Nawayway a Dalan/Kalsada

184

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Tell how you would get to the following places using various modes of transportation. Try to make your story interesting and include as many details as you can.

2. Example: Kayatko a punnuen ti kotsek ti gasolina ti duapulo a litro.

I want to fill up my car with 20 liters of gasoline.

2. Listen and write down the responses to the questions below in English. Check your work with the answer key.

A. - Awan ti gasolinak. Sadino ti paggasolinaan?

B. – Naawanan ti angin ti gomak. Adda kadi ti pangbomba ti angin?

C. - Mano ti kada litro/galon a gasolina?

D. - Kasano ti kaadu ti kayat mo a gasolina?

185

Vocabulary List Air Angin Airplane Eroplano Bicycle Bisikleta Boat Bapor Bus Bus Car Kotse Car wash Pagdalusan ti Kotse Concert Konsierto Diesel Diesel Ferry boat Balsa/Pagiballasiw a bapor Freeway Nawaya/Nawayway a Dalan/kalsada/prewey Gallon Galon Gas Gasolina Helicopter Helikopter Highway Nalawa a Dalan/Kalsada/Haywey Library Libraria Liter Litro Local road Dalan/Kalsada ti Uneg ti Purok/Lokal a kalsada Motorcycle Motorsiklo Oil Lana/Langis Railroad Dalan/Kalsada ti Tren Service station Pagtarimaanan School Eskuelaan Ship Bapor Taxi Taksi Tire/tires Goma/Gomgoma Train Tren Truck Trak Water Danum/danom Work Trabaho How do you get to work? Kasanoka a mapan ti tarabaho? I drive my car. Agmanehoak ti kotse. I take a bus to go to school. Agluganak ti bus a mapan ti eskuelaan. How do I get to the hospital? Kasano ti mapan iti ospital ?

186

Answer Key 3. A. I take the bus to school every morning. B. Soldiers ride in an army truck. C. When it’s raining, we take a taxi. D. I drive my car to go to work. E. My friend rides his bike to work. F. My brother rides a motorcycle 4. 1. I ride a motorcycle to go to the library. Agluganak ti motorsiklo a mapan ti libraria. 2. My brother rides a bicycle to go to the school. Agbisikleta ti kabsatko a lalaki a mapan ti eskuelaan. 3. My parents ride a taxi to go to the airport. Aglugan ti taksi dagiti nagannak kaniak a mapan ti pagsangladan ti eroplano/erport. 4. My firend rides a bus to go to the concert. Aglugan ti bus iti gayyemko a mapan ti konsierto. 5. I drive my car to the library. Agmanehoak ti kotsek a mapan ti libraria. 6. My parents walk to go to the school. Magna dagiti nagannak kaniak a mapan ti eskuelaan. 7. My brother rides a train to go to the airport. Aglugan ti tren ti kabsatko a lalaki a mapan ti pagsangladan ti eroplano/erport. 6. - Excuse me, How will I get to -I need to go to the bakery? - Excuse me, Mrs, how Valle Concert? How will I get there? will I get to the bus

station? - Ride on the bus no. 25. - Ride your bike or just walk. - Drive your car for 25 - Thanks. - Thank you very much. minutes to 15th St. - You’re welcome. - You’re welcome. - Thank you.

- You’re welcome.

187

*Dispensarendak kadi, kasano kadi *Masapulko ti mapan ti *Despensrendak kadi, ti mapan ti konsierto ti balarina? panaderya. Kasano kadi Seniora, Kasano kadi ti * Aglugan ti bus a numero duapulo ti mapan idiay? mapan ti pagurayan ken ket lima. *Agluganka ti bisikletam pagsampetan ti bus? *Pagyamanak! wenno magnaka laengen. *Agmanehoka ti duapulo *Awan ti aniamanna!. *Pagyamanak unay. ket lima a minuto inggana *Awan ti aniamanna. ti maikalimangapulo ket lima a karsada.

*Pagyamanak! *Awan ti aniamanna!

7. 1. C. Do you take a train to the concert? No, I take my car.

Aglugluganka kadi ti tren a mapan ti konsierto? Saan, agluglugannak ti kotsek. 2. B. What street should I take to the post office? 18th Street.

Ania a kalsada iti mapan ti opisina ti koreo? Maikasangapulo ket walo a kalye. 3. A. My parents drive their cars to work, but we ride our bicycles. Agmanmaneho dagiti nagannak kaniak a mapan ti trabaho, ngem

agluglugankami iti bisbisikleta. 9. A. car wash - I need a car wash. B. gas, oil - I need 10 gallons of gas and 1 quart of oil. C. air, tires - I need some air for my tires. D. diesel - I need diesel for my car. End-of-Lesson Tasks 2. A. - I have no gas. Where is the gas station? - Two miles this way. B. - I have a flat tire. Do you have an air pump? -Yes, we have. C. - How much is the gas per liter/gallon? - $2.35 a gallon. D. – How much gas do you want? - 5 liters/gallons.

188

Lesson 14 Biahe/Baniaga

Travel

This lesson will introduce you to: - Vocabulary related to travel - How to buy a train, bus, or airplane ticket - How to understand schedules - Border crossing and roadblock procedures.

Grammar Notes: Primera klase a tiket – First-class ticket Segunda klase a tiket - Second-class tiket The words ‘Primera klase” and “Segunda klase” are words borrowed from Spanish. Ilokanos prefer to use them instead of the Ilokano translations “umuna a klase” or “maikadua a klase”. First-class travel has wider seats, and a higher boarding and exiting priority, etc. Although more expensive, most people prefer first class, especially the rich and the famous. Buying tickets for buses and ferryboats is usually done after all the passengers have boarded, unlike in the United States where you buy your ticket ahead of time. That is why every bus in the Philippines, such as the “Rabbit Transit” and “Pantranco Transit”, has its own assistant or conductor to collect fares and issue tickets while the bus driver just does the driving.

189

1. Listen to the following dialogue about buying a ticket at a train station, and read along in the workbook. Dispensarennak man kadi a, seniora. Soldier: Excuse me, ma’am. Ania kad ti maitulongko ? * ‘kad’ is a short form of ‘kadi’, and

indicates a question Ticket Seller: How can I help you? Masapulko ti gumatang ti tiket a mapan iti siudad ti Manila. Soldier: I need to buy a ticket to go to Manila. Ania kad nga aldaw ti papanawmo? Ticket Seller: Departing on what day? Ita nga aldaw Soldier: Today. Agpapan laeng wenno agpapan -agawid? Ticket Seller: One-way only or roundtrip? Agpapan -agawid. Soldier: Roundtrip. Primera klase wenno segunda klase? Ticket Seller: First class or second class? Segunda klase laeng. Soldier: Just second class Ania kad nga aldaw ti panagsublim? Ticket Seller: Returning on what day? Biernes Soldier: Friday Bigat, malem, wenno rabii kadi? Ticket Seller: Morning, afternoon, or evening?

190

Malem Soldier: Afternoon

Ti bayadmo man ngarud a duapulo ket dua a doliares. Iti sumaruno a tren ket pumanaw iti maysa nga oras idiay plataporma numero lima.

Ticket Seller: The fare is twenty-two dollars, please. The next train leaves in one hour from platform number 5.

Agyamanak. Ania kad ti numero iti tren? Soldier: Thank you. What is the train number? Pitupulo ket innem. Ticket Seller: 76 Napardas kadi datoy a tren? Soldier: Is this an express train? Wen a, napardas datoy a tren. Ticket Seller: Yes, this is an express train. Grammar Notes: Infinitive Forms: Present Forms: Past Forms: to board- lumugan lumuglugan limmugan to depart- pumanaw pumanpanaw pimmanaw to arrive- sumangpet sumangsangpet simmangpet to leave- pumanaw/lumuwas lumlumwas limmuas to come- umay um-umay immay to come back/return- agsubli agsubsubli nagsubli “Must” and “should” are helping verbs and are usually followed by a main verb. These helping verbs are both translated as “masapul”. “Need” is also translated as “masapul” but is usually followed by an infinitive or a noun. Examples: Masapulko ti aglugan ti eroplano a mapan idiay Pilipinas (I must /should ride an airplane to go to the Philippines.) Main verb Masapulko ti aglugan ti eroplano a mapan idiay Pilipinas. (I need to ride an airplane to go the Philippines.) Infinitive Masapulko ti eroplano nga lugan a mapan idiay Pilipinas. (I need an airplane ride to go the Philippines.) Noun Masapulna –she/he must/should/need Masapulmi- we must/should/need Masapulda-they must/should/need

191

2. Read the dialogue with a partner. Take turns being the Ticket Seller and Soldier. 3. Role-play the dialogue. You can substitute the name of a city where you need to buy a ticket to, the time and day of arriving and departing, and the price of the ticket. Grammar Notes: To form the future tense of a majority of Ilokano verbs, attach “to” (future indicator) at the end of the word. (Infinitive Form) (Future Form) Examples: aglugan- to ride agluganto- will/shall ride lumugan-to board lumuganto- will/shall board pumanaw- to leave/depart pumanawto- will/shall leave/depart sumangpet- to arrive sumangpetto- will/shall arrive Time measurements, such as tomorrow (no bigat), tomorrow afternoon (no ti bigat ti malem), etc., may follow the verb. Sentences: Agluganto no bigat iti eroplano ni Pedro. (Pedro will ride an airplane

tomorrow.) Lumuganakto no bigat iti eroplano. (I will board the airplane tomorrow.) Pumanawto ti bus a masapa no malem. (The bus will leave early in the

afternoon.) Sumangpetto intuno rabii ti tren. (The train will arrive tonight.)

4. Listen to the following statements and read along in the workbook. Attention, passengers! The next express train to Manila will depart from platform 10 in 15 minutes. Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Pumanawto ti sumarsaruno a napardas a tren ti para Manila idiay plataporma a sangapulo iti kinse a minutos. Attention, passengers! The next local train will arrive at platform 10 in five minutes. Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Sumangpetto iti sumarsaruno a lokal a tren idiay plataporma a sangapulo iti singko a minutos. Attention, passengers! Flight number 92 from Sydney will be one hour late. Just look at the schedule for updates. Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Mataktak ti maysa nga oras ti Flight 92 (nobentay dos) nga aggappu ti Sydney. Basta kitaenyo laeng iti baro a eskediul/pagilanadan ti oras. *laeng- just/only

192

Attention, passengers! The bus from Manila will arrive at terminal three in 10 minutes. Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Sumangpetto ti bus nga aggappu ti Manila idiay terminal tres iti dies a minuto.* 5. Match each picture with the correct Ilokano term by writing the term below the correct picture.

Picture no. 1 Picture no. 2 Picture no. 3

Picture no. 4 Picture no. 5 Picture no. 6

Picture no. 7 Picture no. 8

Dagiti paspasahero Malmaleta/Karkarga/Aw-awit Plataporma Eskediul/pagilanadan ti oras Tiket Pagpalistaan Pagurayan Ruangan

193

Grammar Notes: As a reminder, “must”, “need” and “should” all can be translated as “masapul’.

Examples: a. Masapul nga adda ti pasaportek a mapan idiay Pilipinas. (I must/should have a passport to go to the Philippines.) b. Masapul unay nga adda ti pasaportek a mapan idiay Pilipinas. (Literally: I need very much to have a passport to go the Philippines.)

6. Listen to the following statements and read along in the workbook. You must have a ticket to board the train. Masapul nga adda iti tiketmo a lumugan ti tren. You must have a ticket to board the airplane. Masapul nga adda iti tiketmo a lumugan ti eroplano Passengers for flight number 25 must go to gate 14. Masapul a mapan iti ruangan katorse dagiti paspasahero a para Flight numero bainte singko. You must pay for your ticket. Masapul a bayadam ti tiketmo. Passengers have to wait in the waiting area. Masapul nga aguray dagiti paspasahero idiay pagurayan . You have to wait for your luggage at the baggage claim area. Masapul nga urayem ti karkargam idiay pagtontonan ti karkarga

7. Fill in the blanks with the correct term from the list below. Check your answers with the answer key. Atension Pagtontonan ti karkarga Napardas Primera Klase Plataporma Eskediul/Pagilanadan ti oras Segunda Klase Paggatangan ti Tiket (tawa-window) Ruangan

194

A. Mapanka ti ____________nga gumatang ti tiktiket. B. Mabalin nga alaem ti kargam idiay____________________. C. ______________________! Masapul nga adda ti tiket ti amin nga paspasahero para lumugan ti bus. D. Kitaem ti __________________ para maammuam no kaano a pumanaw ti panagtayabmo (flight-panagtayab). E. Ti________________a tren ket napardas ta saan nga adsarsardeng kadagiti loklokal. F. Sumangpet ti tunggal a tren iti saba-sabali a____________________. G. Atension, kadagiti paspasahero! Pumanawen ti Flight no.725 (numero siete-dos- singko) idiay ____________A1.

8. For each question below, there is a corresponding answer. Match them by writing the letter of each question on the blank line in front of the appropriate answer. Check your answers with the answer key. A. Sadino kad ti paggatangak ti lokal a tiket a para tren? B. Kaano kad iti sumaruno a bus a para Dagupan, Pangasinan? C. Mano kad ti tiket a primera klase a para Dagupan, Pangasinan ? D. Kayatmo kad ti tugaw nga adda ti tawana? E. Ania kad nga plataporma ti pagsangpetan ti napardas a tren nga aggappu ti Dagupan, Pangasinan ? 1. ______ Wen,a, no mabalin.. 2. ______ Pumanaw ti sumaruno a bus a para suidad ti uneg ti bainte minutos.. 3. ______ Idiay paggatangan ti tiket nga sumaruno ti plataporma uno. 4. ______ Sumangpetto dayta nga tren idiay plataporma disisais iti dies minutos. 5. ______ Sesentay kuatro a doliares. 9. Role-play the short dialogues from Exercise 8. Change the cities and numbers.

10. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and determine which statement is spoken. Check your work with the answer key. 1. A. You must have a ticket to board the bus.

B. You must have a ticket to board the ferry. 2. A. The next express train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.

B. The next local train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.

195

At border crossings and roadblocks Idiay pagpatinggaan dagiti krosing ken dagiti kalsada a nasirsirran

11. Listen to these new words and phrases.

Border Pagpatinggaan Customs Aduana Checkpoint Pagsukisukan a lugar Roadblock Nasirraan a kalsada Passport Pasaporte Driver’s license Lisensia ti agmaneho Documents Dagiti kaskasuratan/dokdokumento Papers Pappapeles ID card Tarheta Identipikasion Show me Ipakitam kaniak Give me Itedmo kaniak Search Sukisoken Inspect/inspection Usisa/Sukimat Panagusisa/Panagsukimat Trunk (of a car) Baul (ti kotse) Proceed Ipatuloy Rental (car) Paupaan(kotse) Citizen Umili

12. At roadblocks and border crossings, officials usually ask questions about driver identification and vehicle documents. Try to match up the Ilokano border crossing requests and questions with their English equivalents. Check the answer key. - Ipakitam kaniak dagiti pappapelesmo ti kotse. - Give me your driver’s license. - Itedmo kaniak ti pasaportem - Do you have an ID card? - Tagaanoka kadi? - Why do you need to go there? - Apay kadi ta masapulmo ti mapan idiay ? - Show me your car papers. - Itedmo kaniak ti lisensiam ti panagmaneho, - Give me your passport. - Adda kadi ti tarheta ti Identipikasyonmo? - Where are you from?

196

13. Listen to and read the following dialogue at a border crossing and then answer the questions below. Try to guess the meaning of unknown words from the context. Check your work with the answer key. Customs Official (CO): Ited mo kaniak ti pasaportem ken lisensiam ti panagmaeho. Car Driver (CD): Ok. CO: Umilika kadi iti Estados Unidos? CD: Wen. CO: Adda kadi pappapelesmo a para daytoy a kotse? CD: Wen. Paupaan a kotse daytoy. CO: Sadinno kadi ti papanam? CD: Idiay Dagupan, Pangasinan. CO: Kasano kadi ti kabayagmo sadiay? CD: Sangapulo nga aladaw. CO: Ania kadi ti aramidem idiay ? CD: Bisitaek ti pamiliak. CO: Pakilukatmo man ti baul ti kotse? CD: Ok. CO: Ok. Agyamanak. Mabalinmon ti agtuloy. Did you understand the words “baul” (trunk) and “panagusisa” (inspection)? A. Where is the driver from? B. Does the driver own the vehicle he is driving? C. Where is the driver going? D. Why is he going there? E. How long will he be there? F. What does the guard ask the driver to do at the end? G. Why? 14. Work with a partner. Take turns role-playing the Customs Official and the Car Driver.

197

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer key.

A. Masapulko ti gumatang iti tiket nga agpapan -agawid nga para New York, mabalin kadi. Pumanawak no dose ti Nobiembre ken agsubliak ti a tres ti Disiembre. Kayatko ti tugaw nga aadda ti tawana.

B. Napardas kadi datoy a tren? C. Ania nga plataporma iti bus a pumanaw para Beijing? D. Pumanawen ti tren numero trenta’y kuatro idiay plataporma tres ti uneg ti singko

a minuto. 2. Complete the dialogues. Check your work with the answer key.

A. - Data nga dalan kad ti paggatangan ti tiket? -____________________________________

B. - Datoy kadi ti lugar a pagtontonan ti karkarga? - ____________________________________

B. - Ammom kadi no sadinno ti pagurayan ? - ____________________________________

C. - Sadinno kadi ti ruangan nga numero kinse? - _____________________________________

3. Work with a partner or in a small group. Look at the pictures and come up with a story. Do you think these people are arriving or departing? Do you think they are on time? Is their flight late? Mention their names, age, profession, what they are wearing, and where and why they need to fly or where they are arriving from. Also, tell how they got to the airport (by car, by bus, by train).

198

Vocabulary List Arriving/Arrivals Sumangsangpet/ Agsasangpet Attention Atension Baggage Karkarga/malmaleta Border Pagpatinggan Bus station Pagurayan ti bus Checked Na-itsek/nasukisok Checkpoint Lugar a pagsukisukan Citizen Umili Customs Aduana Delay/ed Taktak/nataktak Departing/Departures Pumanpanaw/Panagpapanaw Documents Kaskasuratan/dokdokumento Driver’s license Lisensia ti agmaneho Express Napardas First class Primera klase Flight Panagtayab Fly Agtayab/tumayab Give me … Itedmo kaniak… ID card Identipikasion a tarheta Inspect Usisain/Sukimaten Inspection Panagusisa/Panagsukimat Inspector Mangusisa/Mangsukimat Late Taktak One-way Maysa nga agpapan On-time Adda ti oras Papers Pappapapeles Passenger Pasahero Passport Pasaporte Platform Plataporma Proceed Ipatuloy Rental car Paupaan a kotse Roadblock Nasirraan a kalsada Roundtrip Agpapan -Agawid Schedule Eskediul/Pagilanadan ti oras Second class Segunda klase Show me… Ipakitam kaniak… Terminal Terminal Ticket Tiket Ticket window Paggatangan ti tiket a tawa To board Lumugan To leave Pumanaw/Lumuwas To return/come back Agsubli Train station Pagurayan ti Tren

199

Trunk (of a car) Baul (ti kotse) Update Baro a eskediul/maararamid Waiting area Pagurayan Window seat Tugaw nga adda ti tawana

200

Answer Key 5. Picture 1: Eskediul/Pagilanadan ti Oras (schedule) Picture 2: Pagpalistaan (Check-in counter) Picture 3: Ruangan (Gate) Picture 4: Tiket (Ticket) Picture 5: Paspasahero (Passengers) Picture 6: Malmaleta/Karkarga (Luggage/baggage) Picture 7: Plataporma (Platform) Picture 8: Pagurayan (Wating area) 7. Attention Baggage claim area Express First class Platform Schedule Second class Ticket windowGate A. Go to the ticket window (tawa a paggatangan ti tiket) to buy the tickets. B.You can get your baggage at the baggage claim area.( lugar a pagtontonan kadagiti karkarga)

C. Attention!(Atension) All passengers must have a ticket to board the bus.

D. Check the schedule (eskediul/pagilanadan ti oras) to find out when your flight departs.

E. The express train (napardas) is fast because it does not make local stops.

F. Each train arrives at a different platform. (plataporma)

G. Attention, passengers! Flight #725 is departing from Gate (Ruangan) A17.

201

8. A. Where can I buy a local train ticket? B. When is the next bus to Dagupan, Pangasinan? C. How much is a first class ticket to Dagupan, Pangasinan. D. Do you want a window seat? E. From which platform is the express train from Dagupan, Pangasinan arriving? 1. D Yes, if it’s possible. 2. B The next bus to City departs in 20 minutes. 3. A At the ticket window next to platform one. 4. E That train will arrive at platform 16 in ten minutes. 5. C It is 64 dollars 10.

1. B. You must have a ticket to board the ferry. B. Masapul nga adda ti tiketmo a lumugan ti pagiballasiw a bapor.

2. A. The next express train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes. Pumanawto ti sumaruno a lokal a tren idiay plataporma kinse iti dies a minuto.

12. - Ipakitam kaniak dagiti pappapelesmo ti kotse. - Show me your car papers. - Itedmo kaniak ti pasaportem - Give me your passport. - Tagaanoka kadi? - Where are you from? - Apay kadi ta masapulmo ti mapan idiay ? - Why do you need to go there? - Itedmo kaniak ti lisensiam ti panagmaneho, - Give me your driver’s license. - Adda kadi ti tarheta ti Identipikasyonmo? - Do you have an ID card?

13.

A. Taga Estados Unidos. (From the United States) B. Saan. (No) C. Dapupan, Pangasinan. D. Para bumisita ti pamilyana. (to visit his family) E. Sangapulo nga aladaw. (ten days) F. Lukatan ti baul. (open the trunk) G. Ta masapul ti panagusisa/panagsukimat. (to be inspected)

202

Customs Official: Give me your passport and driver’s license. Car Driver: OK. CO: Are you a U.S. citizen? CD: Yes. CO: Do you have papers for this car? CD: Yes. It is a rental car. CO: Where are you going? CD: Dagupan, Pangasinan. CO: How long will you be there? CD: Ten days. CO: What will you do there? CD: I will visit my family. CO: Please open the trunk. We need to do an inspection. CD: OK. CO: OK, thank you. You may proceed. End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. A. I need to buy a roundtrip ticket to New York, please. I leave on November 12 and return on December 3. I want a window seat. B. Is this an express train? C. What platform does the bus to Beijing leave from? D. Train 34 is departing from platform three in five minutes. 2. Examples of the answers. A. - Is the ticket window that way? - Yes, next to platform 10.(Wen, sumaruno ti plataporma sangapulo.) B. - Is this the baggage claim area? - No, still over there.(Saan, idiay pay laeng.) C. - Do you know where the waiting area is? - No, I don’t know. (Saan, saanko nga ammo.) D. - Where is gate number 15?

- At the end, besides the womens’bathroom. (Idiay pungtona,kaabay iti kasilias ti babbai).

203

Lesson 15 Idiay Eskuelaan

At School

This lesson will introduce you to: - Vocabulary related to classroom activities and being a student - The education system in the Philippines.

Cultural Notes: Education is highly valued in the Philippines. Young children can attend kindergarten at age five and preschool before that. Nearly all children begin six years of elementary school at age six or seven. A few schools have a seventh year of elementary education. Seventy percent of children go on to high school. One year of military training is included in the high school curriculum. High school graduation is at age 16 or 17. The school year is from June to March. Many students go on to college or vocational training. Regular college courses usually take four to five years to finish. There is no compulsory education. Only those who want to and can afford it can obtain secondary education at colleges or private schools. There are no government student financial aid programs. However, schools may award scholarships to students with exceptional academic records. There are established curricula for every school and college. Some of the subjects are: Reading, Arithmetic/Mathematics, General Science, Philippine History, World History, Biology, English, etc. Below is an overview of the education system in the Philippines:

Schools Teachers Students Student per Teacher Ratio Elementary 33, 697 292, 692 9, 204, 168 31 Secondary 5, 388 101, 002 3, 420, 921 34 University 1, 178 33, 935 1, 127, 960 33 GNP for Education: 1.7% Literacy Rate: 89%

204

1. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and read the following text under each of the pictures.

A student writes on the blackboard with chalk.

A student raises her hand to ask a question.

A teacher teaches students math.

Agsursurat ti estudiante ti tisa iti pisarra

Agitaytayag ti estudiante ti imana para agsaludsod.

Agisursuro ti maestro iti matimatika kadagiti es-

estudiante.

Students study chemistry in

middle school. First grade students read a

textbook. Students will study art in

this class. Agad-adal dagiti estudiante iti kimika ti maikatengnga a

grado ti eskuelaan . Agbasbasa dagiti umuna a

grado nga estudiante ti libro. Agadalto dagiti estudiante iti

Arte ditoy a klase.

There is a book, a

notebook, and a calculator. There is a desk and a chair

in the classroom. Students write with pens

and pencils.

Adda ti libro, kuaderno, ken pagkuentaan/kalkulitor.

Adda iti lamisaan a pagsuratan ken tugaw iti silid

ti klase. Agsursurat dagiti estudiante iti plumpluma ken laplapis.

205

2. Work with a partner. Look around the classroom. Name the items you see. Check

your work with the answer key.

Class Klase Desk Lamisaan a pagsuratan Chair Tugaw Blackboard Pisarra Chalk Tisa Pen Pluma Pencil Lapis Notebook Kuaderno Computer Kompioter Printer Pagiprintaan/Pagimalditan Keyboard Pagmakenilyaan Monitor Monitor Teacher Maestro/maestra Student Estudiante

3. Working with a partner, name the items you bring with you to class and the items found in your classroom.

Kompioter Pisarra Mapa ti sangkalubungan

Libro Kalkulitor/Pagkuentaan Teyp

206

4. Listen to the dialogue while you read along in the workbook. Underline the new vocabulary. What is your name? My name is Manuel Ania ti naganmo? Manuel ti naganko.. How old are you? I am 16 years old. Mano ti tawenmo? Agtawennak ti sangapulo ket innem. What grade are you in? I am in 10th grade. Ania kadi ti gradom? Addaak ti maikasangapulo a grado. What subjects do you study? Math, biology, music, literature, and history. Ania kadi ti ad-adalem nga susuheto? Matimatika, Biolohia, Musika, Literatura, ken

Historia. What is your favorite subject? My favorite subject is biology. Ania kadi ti paboritom a suheto? Ti paboritok a suheto ket Biolohia. Are you a good student? Yes, I‘m a good student. Nalaingka kadi nga estudiante? Wen a, nalaingak nga estudiante. What will you do after school? I will go to the college; I want to be a doctor. Ania ti aramidemto kalpasan iti Mapanakto ti kolehio; kayatko ti agbalin a doktor. eskuela? What do you like to do after school? After school, I like to listen to music. Ania ti kayatmo nga aramiden kalpasan Kalpasan ti eskuela , kayatko ti agdinggeg ti ti eskuela. musika.

5. Read the list of new words you should have underlined in Exercise 4. Check your pronunciation with the answer key. name nagan year tawen grade grado study adal subjects susuheto favorite paborito good nalaing listen agdinggeg After kalpasan To be come agbalin

207

Study the model: who + the form of to like + infinitive. Examples: Sam likes to study math. Kayat ni Sam ti agadal ti matimatik. Peter likes to listen to music after school. Kayat ni Peter ti agdengngeg ti musika kalpasan ti eskuel. Sandra likes to read in the evenings. Kayat ni Sandra ti agbasa iti sarsardam. We like to speak Ilokano in our class. Kayatmi ti agsao ti Ilokano idiayklasemi. Grammar Notes: 1. Interrogative “who” is translated to “sinno”, and is used in asking a person and is usually followed by “kadi” or “kad” (short form of kadi) as interrogative indicator. Example: Sinno kadi ti maestrom ti Ingles? (Who is your teacher in English?) 2. “to like” is “kayaten”. It is formed by a suffix ‘en’. Kayat (rw)+en = kayaten

Examples: (a) Kayat ni Manuel ti agadal ti kinaabogasia no malpasna ti nangato a grado ti eskuelaan. Manuel would like to become an attorney after finishing high school.

(b) Kayatko ti agadal ti kinadoktor idi agtawenak pay ti duapulo. I like to study to become doctor when I was still 20 years old. (c)Kayatda ti agbuya ti ay-ayam nga baskitbol inton malem ti Sabado.. They like to watch basketball game on Saturday afternoon. (d) Kayatmi ti agsau ti Ilokano iday klasemi. We like to speak Ilokano in our class. (e) Kayatna ti agbalin a sientipiko no malpasna ti nangato a grado a eskuelaan. He/She would like to become a scientist after high school. 6. Work with a partner. Come up with a dialogue similar to the one in Exercise 4. List your favorite subjects, say how good you think you are at each of them, tell what profession you are going to choose, and say what you like to do after school.

208

7. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker as you go over the dialogue.

A. Listen to the recording and take notes. Dumngegka ti rekording ken aginotaka.

B. Put your pencils down. Ibaba ti laplapisyo.

C. Write your answer on the blackboard. Isurat ti sungbatmo idiay pisarra.

D. Open your textbooks. Lukatan ti liblibroyo.

E. Raise your hand if you have a question. Itayag ti imam no adda ti saludsodem.

F. Write down your homework, please. Pangnga-asiyuman, nga isuratyo ti adalen a para balay.

8. Play the role of a teacher. Have the students follow your directions. Use the expressions from Exercise 7.

9. Listen to the following questions and mark the answers that you hear. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. What do you do at school? A. I read the textbooks at school. B. I write letters and numbers in Ilokano. C. I study many subjects. 2. What grade are you in? A. I am in 5th grade. B. I am in 6th grade. C. I am in 8th grade. 3. What subjects are you studying? A. Math, Ilokano, science, geography, and English. B. Math, history, science, geography, and English. C. Math, chemistry, science, geography, and English. 4. What is your favorite subject? A. English B. Geography C. Science

209

5. Are you a good student? A. I’m very good at English, but I’m bad at math. B. I’m very good at geography, but I’m bad at math. C. I’m very good at chemistry, but I’m bad at math. 10. Working with a partner, come up with similar dialogues using expressions from Exercise 9. 11. Working in small groups, describe the following pictures. Come up with ages for the students and the teacher, their names, the subjects they study/teach, what they’re doing right now, what they are wearing, if they seem to like their class and their teacher, etc.

12. Listen to and read the following text about the student’s schedule, and then answer the questions below. The new word “busy” is introduced in the text. Try to guess this and other new words from the context. Iti naganko ket Manuel Garcia. Estudianteak ti Unibersidad ti Pilipinas Agadadalak ti Ingles.Kayatko ti agbalin a mangitartaros (interpreter). Adu unay/masingangar ti eskediulko. No Lunes, Martes ken Biernes, mapanak ti eskuelaan ti alas otso. Kalpasan ti eskuela ti alas kuatro, mapanak agtrabaho iti restauran a kas weyter.Kalpasan ti trabaho ti alas dies ti rabii, agaw-awidak. No Martes ken Huebes ,mapanak ti eskuelaan ti alas dies ti bigat.Kalpasan ti eskuela ti alas dose, mapanak iti libraria. Agtrabahoak idiay libraria ti malem a tallo nga oras. Ar-aramidek ti adalen a para balay iti tunggal kamaudi ti lawasna.

A. What is the student’s name? B. Where does he/she go to school? C. What does he/she study? D. What is his/her schedule on Monday, Wednesday and Friday? E. What is his/her schedule on Tuesday and Thursday? F. Does the student have a job? G. When does the student do homework? H. What does the student want to do after finishing school?

210

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Go over the text from Exercise 12 again. Tell the class about your schedule. Use the questions after the text as an outline for your story. 2. Look at the pictures and describe what you see. Include the approximate grade the students are in, the subjects they are studying, what the teacher is doing, what the students and teachers are wearing, etc.

211

3. Read the following texts and find the errors in the English translations. Make corrections so that the translation is accurate. Check your work with the answer key. 1. A. Iti naganko ket Susana Rodriguez. Taga Manilaak ngem agnanaedak ita idiay suidad ti Quezon. Maika-nnemak a grado. Adu ti gagayemko. Kayatko ti musika, matimatika ken baskitbol. B. My name is Susana Rodriguez. I’m from Manila, but now I live in Quezon. I’m in fifth grade. I have many friends. I like music, reading, and basketball. 2. A. Iti naganko ket Fernando Cuenco. Taga siudadak ti Bulacan, ngem agnanaedak ti siudad ti Quezon. Kayatko ti matimatika ken siensia a klasklase. B. My name is Fernando Cuenco. I’m from Bulacan, but I live in Zamboanga I like math and geography. 3. A. Iti naganko ket Normita Oria. Naiyanakak idi trese ti Abril, mil nuebe sientos otsenta’y

nuebe. Maikawaloak a grado. Kayatko ti klase a musika ken agretretrato/potograpia. Kayatko ti agbalin a doktor wenno retratista.

B. My name is Normita Oria. I was born on April 13, 1989. I’m in 9th grade.

I like music class, art, and photography. I want to be an artist, a doctor, or a photographer.

212

Vocabulary List Art Arte Basketball Baskitbol Biology Biolohia Blackboard Pisarra Busy Adu unay ti ar-aramiden/masingangar Chair Tugaw Chalk Tisa Chemistry Kimika Class Klase College/University Kolehio/Unibersidad Computer Kompioter Desk Lamisaan a pagsuratan Elementary School Elementaria nga eskuelaan English Ingles Grade Grado High School Nangato (a grado ) nga eskuelaan History Historia Homework Adalen a para balay Literature Literatura Math Matimatika Middle School Mai-katengnga ( grado) ti eskuelaan Music Musika Notebook Kuaderno Pen Pluma Pencil Lapis Photography Potograpia Reading Agbasbasa Student Estudiante Subject(s) Suheto/susuheto Tape recorder Teyp rekorder Teacher Maestro/ra To like Kayaten To read Agbasa To study Agadal To write Agsurat

213

Answer Key 9. 1. Ania ti araramidem idiay eskuelaan? What do you do at school? C. Agadalak ti adu nga susuheto. I study many subjects. 2. Ania kadi ti gradom? What grade are you in? B. Maika-innemak a grado. I am in 6th grade. 3. Ania kadi dagiti susuheto nga adadalem? What subjects are you studying? A. Matimatika, Ilokano, Historia, Siensia, Heograpika, ken Ingles. Math, Ilokano, science, geography, and English. 4. Ania kadi ti paboritom a suheto? What is your favorite subject? C. Siensia 5. Nalaingka kadi nga estudiante? Are you a good student? C. Nalaingak ti Kimika, ngem nakapuyak ti Matimatika. I’m very good at chemistry, but I’m bad at math. 12. My name is Manuel Garcia. I am a student at University of the Philippines. I study English. I want to be an interpreter. I have a busy schedule. On Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, I go to school at 8:00. After school, at 4:00 p.m., I go to work. I work at a restaurant as a waiter/waitress. After work, at 10 p.m., I go home. On Tuesday and Thursday, I go to class at 10 a.m. After school, at 12:00, I go to the library. I work at the library three hours in the afternoon. I do my homework on every weekend.

A. Manuel Garcia B. University of the Philippines C. English D. to go to school at 8:00 E. to go to school at 10:00 PM F. Yes G. Weekends H. Interpreter

End-of-Lesson Tasks 3.

1. A. My name is Susana Rodriguez. I’m from Manila, but now I live in Quezon. I’m in 6th grade. I have many friends. I like music, math, and basketball.

214

2. A. My name is Fernando Cuenco. I’m from Bulacan but I live in Zamboanga. I like math and science classes. 3. A. My name is Normita Oria. I was born on April 13, 1989. I’m in 9th grade.

I like music, art, class and photography. I want to be an artist, a doctor or a photographer.

215

Lesson 16 Paglinglingayan Pagliwliwaan

Recreation and Leisure

This lesson will introduces you to: - Vocabulary related to recreational and leisure activities - Ways to discuss hobbies in Ilokano. 1. Read the sentences with the new vocabulary and try to guess the meaning of new words.

Agsalsala iti lalaki ken babai.

Gusgustoda unay nga aramiden ti kastoy.

Propesional isuna a musikera. Agpipiano ti pianista idiay

konsierto.

Mangretretrato datoy a lalaki. Retratista isuna.

.Datoy ni Andrew. Gusgustona unay

ti saker nga aramiden.

Agis-iskey ti lalaki idiay banbantay. Gusgustona unay nga aramiden ti agis-iskey,

Agtartaray kada malem ni Sandy a gayyemko kalpasan ti eskuelana.

Kaykayat ti kabsatko a lalaki ti

agboling. Daytoy ti gusgustona unay nga aramiden.

No nasayaaat ti tiempona , aglalangoy dagiti ub-ubbing nga inaldaw iti panawen ti kalgaw. .

Agtentenis ti lalaki idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis..

216

Kaykayat ti kabsatko a babai ti agpinta ti retretrato.

Agbarbaraha dagiti solsoldado idiay tolda. Kaykayatda ti agay-

ayam ti barbaraha. Magmagna a rinabii

dagiti agasawa.

Agay-ayayam iti dua a soldado ti tses

Gusgustoda unay nga aramiden iti kastoy. Aggitgitara ken agkankansion datoy a lalaki.

2. Now listen to the speaker. Check to see if you made correct guesses. Repeat the new words as many times as you need to feel comfortable with pronunciation. Play Agay-ayam Cards Barbaraha To ski Agiskey Hobby Gusgusto unay nga aramid To dance Agsala Tennis Agtenis/Agay-ayam ti tenisTennis Court Pagay-ayaman ti tenis Play piano Agpiano Musician Musikero/ra To take pictures Agretrato Photographer Retratista To play guitar Aggitara To sing Agkansion Songs Kankansion Chess Tses To walk Magna/Agpagna To swim Aglangoy

217

Swimming pool Paglangoyan a pul To run Agtaray To bowl Agboling Soccer Saker To paint Agpinta

3. Listen to the dialogues and choose the response that you hear. Check your work with the answer key. 1. What will they do after school? A. They will swim after school. B. They will dance after school. C. They will sing after school. 2. What sports does he play? A. He plays soccer and basketball. B. He plays soccer and volleyball. C. He plays soccer and tennis. 3. What does she do today? A. She sings songs. B. She paints pictures. C. She takes pictures. 4. Do you play chess? A. Yes, I play chess. Do you play guitar? B. No, I play the piano. Do you play piano? C. Yes, I play the piano. 5. What are your hobbies? A. I like to run and take pictures. B. I like to read and swim. C. I like to walk and play soccer 4. Work with a partner. Take turns reading the dialogues in Exercise 3. 5. Work with a partner or in a small group. Make up exchanges using the models and phrases from Exercise 3. 6. Reconstruct the questions. Check your work with the answer key. A. - …………………….?

- Wen, agay-ayayamak ti tses. B. - …………………….?

- Wen, agay-ayayamak ti piano.

218

C. -……………………? - Atartaray ken agretrettrato ti gusgustok unay nga ar-aramiden. D. - ……………………? - Agsaksaker ken agbasbaskitbol isuna..

E. - ……………………? - Abasbasa ken aglanglangoy ti gusgustok unay nga ar-aramiden F. - …………………….?

- Kayatna ti agpagpagna ken aggitgitara. 7. Read the following text, noting the new vocabulary. Do you understand all the words in bold? Check the grammar note for some explanations. Check the answer key for a full translation. Ti naganko ket Gerardo Rendon. Taga Alaminosak idiay Pangasinan. Agis-eskuelaak iti kolehio idiay Unibersidad ti Pangasinan. Masingsingar ti trabahok ti klase ken ti gusgustok unay nga ar-aramiden. Agad-adalak ti siensia a kumpioter, ken katimpuyugak ti ay-ayam a saker ti unibersidad., Adda ti klasek nga inaldaw mangrugi ti alas otso y media inggana’t alas tres iti malem.Kalpasan ti eskuela, adda ti praktisko ti saker nga inaldaw mangrugi ti alas kuatro inggana’t alas sais. Kayatko ti agay-ayam ti saker. Agay-ayayamkami met ti gagayyemko ti saker ti kada kamaudi’t lawasna.Kayatko met ti aglangoy ken aggitara. Indiak nga nalaing unay nga aggitara. Datoy a kamaudi’t lawasna, mapankami ti gagayyemko ti konsierto idiay estadium ti Unibersidad ti Pangasinan. Agkansionto ti paboritomi nga kansionista..Agrestaurankaminto ti pangmalem, kalpasan ti konsierto. Note: “Inggana’t” is a short form of “ingana ti” which is transalated to “until/to”. Grammar Notes: 1. ”to” as a preposition has no specific translation in the Ilokano language as in the following:

(a) I go to school every day. Mapanak ti/iti eskuelaan nga inaldaw.

(b) I am in school from 8:00am to 2:00pm. Addaak ti/iti eskuelaan mangrugi ti alas otso ti bigat ingana ti alas dos ti malem.

(c) I drive from my home to my work every Monday and Friday. Agmanehoak mangrugi ti balayko ingana ti trabahok kada Lunes ken Biernes.

219

2. “Met” is the Ilokano word that means “also” or “too”. (a) I will also go to school at 8:00 tomorrow. Mapanakto met ti eskuelaan ti alas otso no bigat. (b) She goes to school at 8:00 tomorrow, too. Mapan met isuna ti eskuelaan ti alas otso no bigat.

8. Listen to the text as many times as you want and mark the following statements as either True or False. Check your answers.

A. _____ Gerardo Rendon is from Alaminos Pangasinan. A. _____ Taga-Alaminos, Pangasinan ni Gerardo Rendon. B. _____ He is a student at the University of Pangasinan in Alaminos Pangasinan. B. _____ Estudiante isuna idiay Unibersidad ti Pangasinan. C. _____ Gerardo Rendon studies chemistry. C. _____ Agad-adal ti Kimika ni Gerardo Angeles D. _____ Gerardo Rendon plays on the university soccer team. D. _____ Agay-ayayam ni Gerardo Rendon ti timpuyog a saker ti unibersidad. E. _____ He has class every day from 8:30 to 3:00. E. _____ Adda ti klasena mangrugi ti alas otso inggana’t alas tres. F. _____Gerardo Rendon likes to swim and play the piano. F. ____ Kayat ni Gerardo Rendon ti aglangoy ken agpiano. G. _____After the concert Gerardo will go home and sleep. G. _____Agawidto ken maturog ni Gerardo Rendon kalpasan ti konsierto.

9. Working with a partner or in a small group, come up with the description of a busy schedule. Use the statements from Exercise 8 as an outline for your story. The pictures given below can help you to choose the activities to describe.

220

Cultural Notes: People often spend their leisure time socializing or going to movies. The Philippines is a major producer of films. North American films are also available. Video games and video rental stores are found everywhere. Families enjoy picnics at the beach. Sports are generally played on Sundays. Girls and boys play sports in school. Volleyball and track games are very popular. Boys like playing “cara ‘y cross” (flipping a coin). Adult recreational activities include gambling, attending horse races and cockfighting, and playing mahjong, a Chinese table game played with tiles. The most popular adult recreational activities are “bulang” (cockfighting) and “hueting” similar to keno where a person chooses and bets on his own numbers.

10. Listen to the vocabulary as you look at the pictures. Try to match the Ilokano words with the pictures. Check your answers with the answer key.

1 2 3

4 5 6

Paglanguyan a pul Pagay-ayaman ti saker Pagay-ayaman ti Tenis Pagay-ayaman ti Boling Himnasium Estaduim

221

11. Read the statements below and think about their meanings. Cross out the words or phrases that do not make sense, and replace them with an appropriate word from the list below.

himnasium pagay-ayaman ti boling banbantay pul a paglangoyan

estaduim pagay-ayaman ti tenis pagay-ayaman a lugar

A. Agbalbalibol dagiti es-estudiante idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis. B. Aglanglangoy dagiti ub-ubbing idiay estadium. C. Agbolboling dagiti babbai idiay banbantay. D. Agtartaray dagiti gagayyenko idiay pagay-ayaman ti boling. E. Agay-ayayam ti saker dagiti lallaki idiay pul a paglangoyan.

12. Listen to the statements and mark the ones that you hear. 1. A. She will swim after school. B. She will dance after school. C. She will sing after school. 2. A. He likes to play soccer and basketball. B. He likes to play soccer and volleyball. C. He likes to play soccer and tennis. 3. A. She doesn’t sing, but she plays piano. B. She doesn’t paint pictures, but she takes photographs. C. She doesn’t dance, but she sings. 4. A. Do you play chess? No, I play checkers. B. Do you play guitar? No, I play piano. C. Do you play piano? Yes, I play piano. 5. A. What are your hobbies? I like to run and sing. B. What are your hobbies? I like to read and dance. C. What are your hobbies? I like to walk and play cards.

222

13. Work with a partner. Look at the pictures and make up dialogues about someone’s hobbies. Use the models and phrases from Exercise 12.

223

End-of-Lesson Tasks. 1. Answer the following questions in Ilokano.

A. What is your favorite sport or recreational activity? B. How often do you participate in your activity?

C. What is your favorite hobby?

D. What did you do last weekend? E. What will you do next weekend?

2. Work with a partner or in a small group. In Ilokano, describe the pictures below, using the vocabulary you have learned in this lesson. Check the answer key for examples.

1 2

3 4

224

Vocabulary List Bowling alley Pagay-ayaman ti boling Bowling Boling Cards Barbaraha Chess Tses Computer science Kumpioter a siensia Gymnasium Himnasium Hobby Gusgusto unay nga aramiden Paint pictures Agpinta ti retrettrato Playing field Pagay-ayaman a lugar To bowl Agboling/Agay-ayam ti boling To dance Agsala To play chess Agay-ayam ti chess To play cards Agay-ayam ti barbaraha/Agbaraha To play soccer Agay-ayam ti saker/Agsaker To play volleyball Agay-ayam ti balibol/Agbalibol To play piano Agay-ayam ti piano/Agpiano To play guitar Agay-ayam ti gitara/Aggitara To run Agtaray To sing Agkansion To ski Ag-iskey To swim Aglangoy To take pictures Agretrettrato Soccer field Pagay-ayaman a lugar Songs Kankansion Stadium Estadium Swimming pool Pul a paglangoyan Tennis Tenis Tennis court Pagay-ayaman ti tenis

225

Answer Key 3. 1. Ania kadi ti aramidendanto kalpasan ti eskuela? C. Agkansiondanto kalpasan ti eskuela. 2. Ania kadi nga es-esport ti ay-ayamenna? C. Agay-ayayam isuna ti saker ken tenis. 3. Ania kadi ti aramidenna ita? B. Agpinpinta isuna ti retretrato. 4. Agay-ayayamka kadi ti chess? A. Wen, agay-ayayamak ti tses. 5. Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga aramiden? B. Kayatko ti agbasa ken aglangoy 6.

A. - Agay-ayayamka kadi ti tses? (Do you play chess?) B. - Agay-ayamka kadi ti piano? (Do you play piano? C.- Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga ar-aramiden? (What are your hobbies?)

D- Ania kadi dagiti es-esport nga ay-ayayamenna? ( What are the sports that he plays?) E.- Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga ar-ramiden? (What are your hobbies?) F.- Ania kadi dagiti kayatna nga ay-ayayamen? (What does she likes to play?) 7.

My name is Gerardo Rendon. I am from Alaminos, Pangasinan. I go to college at the University of Pangasinan. I am very busy with my classes and my hobbies. I study computer science and I play on the univesity soccer team. I have class every day from 8:30 to 3:00 in the afternoon. After school I have soccer practice every day from 4:00 to 6:00. I like to play soccer. My friends and I play every weekend, too. I also like to swim and to play the guitar. I’m not very good at the guitar. This weekend my friends and I will go to a concert at the University of Pangasinan stadium. Our favorite singer will sing. After the concert we will go to a restaurant for dinner. 8.

F. __T___Gerardo Rendon is from Alaminos Pangasinan. A. _____ Taga-Alaminos, Pangasinan ni Gerardo Rendon. G. __T___He is a student at the University of Pangasinan in Alaminos Pangasinan. B. _____ Estudiante isuna idiay Unibersidad ti Pangasinan. H. __F___ Gerardo Rendon studies chemistry. C. _____ Agad-adal ti Kimika ni Gerardo Angeles I. __T___ Gerardo Rendon plays on the university soccer team. D. _____ Agay-ayayam ni Gerardo Rendon ti timpuyog a saker ti unibersidad. J. __T___ He has class every day from 8:30 to 3:00. H. _____ Adda ti klasena mangrugi ti alas otso inggana’t alas tres.

226

I. __F___Gerardo Rendon likes to swim and play the piano. F. _____ Kayat ni Gerardo Rendon ti aglangoy ken agpiano. J. __F___After the concert Gerardo will go home and sleep. G. _____ Agawidto ken maturog ni Gerardo Rendon kalpasan ti konsierto.

10. Swimming pool picture 5 Soccer field picture 3 Tennis court picture 6 Bowling alley picture 1 Gymnasium picture 2 Stadium picture 4 11. gymnasium stadium bowling alley tennis courts mountains playing field swimming pool

A. The students play volleyball on the gymnasium. B. The children swim in the swimming pool. C. The girls go bowling in the bowling alley. D. My friends go for a run in the playing field. E. Boys play soccer in the playing field. A. Agbalbalibol dagiti es-estudiante idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis himnasium. B. Aglanglangoy dagiti ub-ubbing idiay estadium pul a paglangoyan. C. Agbolboling dagiti babbai idiay banbantay pagay-ayaman ti boling. D. Agtartaray dagiti gagayyenko idiay pagay-ayaman ti boling estaduim. E. Agay-ayayam ti saker dagiti lallaki idiay pul a paglangoyan estaduim.

12. 1. B. She will dance after school. Agsalanto isuna kalapasan ti eskuela. 2. A. He likes to play soccer and basketball. Kayatna ti agay-ayam ti saker ken baskitbol. 3. C. She doesn’t dance, but she sings. Saan isuna nga agsala, ngem isu ket agkansion. 4. B. Do you play guitar? No, I play piano. Agay-ayayamka kadi ti gitara? Saan, agay- ayayamak ti piano. 5. C. What are your hobbies? I like to walk and play cards. Ania kadi dagiti gusgustom unay nga ar-aramidem? Kayatko ti agpagna ken agay-ayam ti barbaraha.

227

End-of-Lesson Tasks 2. Picture 1: Aglanglangoy dagiti lallaki idiay pul a paglangoyan. The boys are swimming in the swimming pool. Picture 2: Agay-ayamda ti tenis idiay pagay-ayaman ti tenis. They are playing tennis in the tennis court. Picture 3: Agay-ayamda ti saker idiay pagay-ayaman ti saker. They are playing soccer in the soccer field. Picture 4: Mangretretrato /Agrettrato ti lalaki. The man is taking pictures.

228

Lesson 17 Salun-at ken iti Bagi ti Tao

Health and the Human Body

This lesson will introduce you to: - Vocabulary related to the human body - Asking questions about a person’s state of health - Answering questions about health conditions - Typical exchanges at the doctor’s office.

1. Listen as the speaker recites the vocabulary. Then study the diagram and match the Ilokano terms for each body part with the diagram.

1. 2 3 4 5 6 22 7 8 21 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

229

Abdomen Tian Hand Ima Arm Takkiag Head Ulo Back Likod Hip Patong Chest Barukong Knee Tomeng Chin Timid Leg Gorong Ear Lapayag Mouth Ngiwat Elbow Siko Neck Tengnged Eye Mata Nose Agong Face Rupa Pelvis/groin Sip-ang Fingers Ramramay ti ima Shoulder Abaga Foot/Feet Saka/saksaka Stomach Tian Genitals Dagiti mabagbagi Toes Ramramay ti saka Hair Buok Tooth/Teeth Ngipen/Ngipnipen Waist Siket 2. In Ilokano, name the body parts that come in pairs. Check your answer. 3. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate body part in Ilokano. Check your answers with the answer key. matmata laplapayag gorgorong saksaka ulo ima tengnged ngiwat A. I use my ____________ to read a book.

B. I listen to music with my _____________.

C. Walking is good for my ____________.

D. I wear shoes and socks on my _____________.

E. In the winter, I wear a hat on my __________, gloves on my ___________, and a scarf

around my __________.

F. I eat and drink with my __________________. Grammar Notes: (a) Infinitive form of verbs ,“to be sick” , “to feel weak”, “ to vomit”, and “to take medicine,” prefix “ag” to each root word as in :

ag +sakit = to be sick *ag-prefix sakit-root word agkapsot to feel weak agsarua to vomit agtomar to take a medicine

229

Sentences: Narigat ti agsakit. (It is not good to be sick.) Saan nga nasayaat ti agkapsot. (It is not good to feel weak). Narigat ti agsarua ken agtakki. (It is not good to vomit and to have a diarrhea).

Masapul nga agtomarka ti ag-agasmo. (You need to take your medicines).

(b) Present verb forms: Repeat the first syllable of the root word:

Agsak +sakit = Agsaksakit feel sick/feeling sick

Agkapkapsot feel weak/feeling weak Agsarsarua vomit/vomiting Agtomtomar take/taking (medicine) Sentences:

Agsaksakitak itatta. (I feel sick today). Agkakapsot isuna. (She feels weak).

Agsarsarua ti ubing a lalaki. (The boy is vomiting). Agtomtomar ni Mario dagiti ag-agasna nga inaldaw. (Mario takes his medicines everyday). (c) To form the past form of the verbs above, prefix “nag” to the root words.

Nagsakit was sick. Nagkapsot was weak . Nagsarua vomitted

Nagtomar took/taken Sentences: Nagsakitak idi kalman. (I was sick yesterday.) Nagkapsot isuna idi kalman. (She was weak yesterday.)

Nagsarua ti ubing a lalaki idi kalman. (The boy vomited yesterday.) Nagtomar ni Mario dagiti ag-agasna idi kalman. (Mario took his medicines yesterday.)

Other Vocabulary: Sakit – sickness/illness/pain(n) natukkol-broken Masikog- pregnant natukkolan ti tulang –have/had a broken a bone Nasakit- painful/hurting(v) agtomar ti agas– to take a medicine Rikna – feeling (n) mangayab – to call Agrikna– to feel(v) marikna-able to feel Kumapsot- to become weak(v) makasarua- to vomit/feel nauseous Agkapsot – to feel weak(v) sarua- vomit(n) Kapsot- weakness(n) nagsarua- vomited/throw-up Uminom – to drink Madi/saan-not/don’t

230

Sentences: 1. Grabe ti sakitna. His/her sickness is serious. 2. Agsaksakit ti saksakana. He feels pain in his/her feet/His feet are hurting/in pain. 3. Nasakit unay ti sakana. His feet is hurting bad.

• The word “rikna” is not necessary in the Ilokano sentence no. 2. “Agsaksakit ti rikna ti sakana” literally translates to “The feeling of his feet is hurting.”

Health Issues: Medical service in Manila is generally good. Rural areas usually have a health unit or health clinic with usually one doctor and a nurse or a midwife paid by government. Sick people and non-life threatening cases can walk-in easily, but the problem in the rural health clinics are lack of medical supplies. Philippines has universal health insurance plan, paid mostly on the basis of taxation and government funds. The government sponsors free vaccinations for children. Poor sanitation and poverty are the main reasons for a relatively high infant mortality rate of 50 per 1000. Pollution is a serious health hazard especially in Manila, the most crowded city.

How do you feel? I feel sick. Komusta ti riknam?/Ania ti rikriknaem? Agsaksakitak. I feel weak/weakness. Agkakapsutak. I feel bad. Madi ti rikriknaek. What symptoms do you have? I have a sore throat. Ania kadi dagiti marikriknam a sinsintomas? Adda ti sakit ti karabukobko or agsakit ti karabukobko. I have a fever. Adda ti gorigorko/Aggorigorak. I have a headache. Agsaksakit ti ulok.

Where does it hurt? My left ankle hurts. Sadinno kadi ti nasakit? Agsaksakit ti makinkannigid a lipay-lipayko. My back hurts. Agsaksakit ti likodko. My stomach hurts. Agsaksakit ti tianko.

231

4. Listen to the following questions and answers, and read along in the workbook. A. How do you feel? I feel sick. Ania kadi ti marikriknam? Agsaksakitak. B. What is happening with her? Her leg is hurting. Ania kad ti maararamid kaniana? Agsaksakit ti gorongna. C. How do you feel? My head hurts. Ania kadi ti maririknam? Agsaksakit ti ulok. D. Are you in pain? Yes, my arm is broken. Adda kadi ti marikriknam a sakit? Wen, natukkol ti takkiagko. E. Where does it hurt? My stomach hurts. Sadinno kadi ti nasakit? Nasakit ti tianko. F. Are you sick? No, I’m pregnant. Agsaksakitka kadi? Saan, masikogak. G. Are you OK? I don’t feel good. I feel nauseous and have a stomach ache. Nasayaat kadi ti riknam? Madi ti rikriknaek. Makasarsaruak ken nasakit ti tianko. H. Are you taking any medications? Yes, over-the-counter ones. Agtomtomar ka kadi ti uray aniaman nga ag-agas? Wen, dagitay gagatangen nga awan ti

palubos ti doktor.

5. Listen to and repeat the dialogues after the speaker. A. - How do you feel? - I feel sick.

A. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam? - Agsaksakitak.

B. - What is happening with her? - Her leg is hurting.

B. - Ania kadi ti ma-araramidna? - Agsaksakit ti gorongna.

C. - How do you feel? - My head hurts.

C. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam? - Agsaksakit ti ulok.

D. - Are you in pain? - Yes, my arm is broken.

D. - Adda kadi marikriknam a sakit? - Wen, natukkol ti takkiagko.

232

E. - Where does it hurt? - My stomach hurts.

E. - Sadinno kadi ti nasakit? - Nasakit ti tianko.

F. - Are you sick? - No, I’m pregnant.

F. - Agsaksakit ka kadi? - Saan masikogak.

F. - Are you sick? - No, I’m pregnant.

F. - Agsaksakit ka kadi? - Saan masikogak.

H. - Are you taking any medication? - Yes. Over-the-counter ones.

H. - Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray aniaman nga agas? – Wen, dagitay gagatangen nga awan ti palubos ti doktor.

Note: “ayan/ayanna” is also used for ‘sadinno”as in “”Where does it hurt? (Ayanna ti agsaksakit). 6. Working with a partner, role-play the dialogues from Exercise 5. 7. Match each picture with the corresponding statement.

A B C

1. Saan nga agsakit ti agtutubo a babai. Masikog isuna. 2. Adda ti gorigorna ti ubing a babai, nasakit a karabukob, ken agsaksakit a bagbagi, ken

agbabaen isuna ken agoy-oyek. Adda ti trangkasona. 3. Makasarsarua ti ubing a lalaki ken adda ti sakit ti tianna.

8. Work with a partner. Role-play the doctor and patient. Use the questions from Exercise 5 as a model. Use the phrases from Exercise 6 to describe your symptoms.

233

9. Listen to and read the list of the typical symptoms for each ailment.

Flu Trangkaso Fever Gorigor Congestion Letleten Sore throat Nasakit a karabukob Body aches Nasakit a bagbagi Sneezing Agbabaen(g) Coughing Aguy-oyek Head cold Agpanateng Congestion Letleten Sore Throat Nasakit a karabukob Sneezing Agbabaen(g) Coughing Aguy-oyek Severe Pain Nasakit unay/napalalo a sakit Broken Bone Natukkol a Tulang Swelling Limlimteg Bruise Limmitem Bleeding Agdardara Sprain Nablo/bul-lo Bruise Limmitem Swelling Limlimteg Pain Nasakit

234

10. Look at the chart of symptoms in Exercise 9. Work with a partner or in a small group. Develop the questions the doctor can ask about one’s symptoms to be able to diagnose the problem. Use the following model to create a dialogue. Model: - Do you have fever?

- Adda kadi ti gorigormo? - None.

- Awan. - Do you have a cough and body aches?

- Adda kadi ti uyekmo ken saksakit ti bagbagmi? - None, doctor.

-Awan, doktor. - That’s very good then. You don’t have flu. It’s just a cold. - Nasayaat unay ngarud dayta. Awan ti trangkasom. Panateng laeng. - Thank you, doctor. - Agyamanak, doctor. - You are welcome. - Awan ti aniamanna. (1 ft = 30 cm, 1 inch = 2.5 cm, 100 cm = 1 meter, 1 lb = 0.454 kg). feet-pie cm.-sentimetro inch-dangan meter-metro pound.-librada - How tall is he, and how much does he weigh? - Kasano kadi ti katayagna, ken kadagsenna? - He is 70” tall and weighs 185 pounds. - Pitupolo a pulgada ken agdagsen ti sangagasut ken lima a librada. - How tall are you? How much do you weigh? - Kasano kadi ti katayagmo? Mano kadi ti kadagsenmo? - I am 66 inches tall and weigh 120 pounds. - Innem a pulo ket innem a pulgada ti katayagko ken sangagasut ket duapulo a librada ti kadagsenko.

11. Work with a partner. Take turns asking each other about your height and weight. Do not forget to use the units of measure appropriate for Ilokanos.

235

12. Listen to the speaker and read the statements below. You can check the English translation in the answer key. A. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam? - Madi ti rikriknaek. Makasarsaruak. B. - Ania kadi ti marikriknam? - Mayat ti rikriknaek, ngem makasarsaruak bassit. C. -Ania ti marikriknam? - Madi ti rikriknaek, ngem saanak a makasarsarua. D. - Mabalin a natukkol ti tulangko. Pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia ! E. - Mabalin a natukkol ti tulangna. Pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia ! F. – Natukkol kadi ti gorongna? Mabalin a, pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia!

13. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and mark the statement that you hear. Check your work with the answer key. 1. A. Where does it hurt? My stomach hurts. B. Where does it hurt? My back hurts. C. Where does it hurt? My neck hurts. 2. A. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a headache. B. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a stomachache. C. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and my body aches. 3. A. How do you feel? I don’t feel well. I’m nauseous. B. How do you feel? I feel fine, but I’m a little nauseous. C. How do you feel? I don’t feel well, but I’m not nauseous. 4. A. I think I broke my leg. Please call an ambulance! B. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance! C. Did he break his leg? I think so, please call an ambulance!

236

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Ask and answer the following questions in Ilokano. A. When you have flu, what are your symptoms? B. Are you taking any medications? C. Have you ever broken a bone? If yes, which part(s) of the body? D. What is your height and weight? E. How often do you see a doctor? Every month? Every year? Every 3 years? 2. Tell the class what you do in order to keep a healthy weight? Do you exercise? What types of exercise do you do? How often and for how long do you exercise? Do you have a special diet? What kind? What do you eat and don’t eat? Give an example of your menu. What do you order when you eat out, and how does it affect your diet the next day? 3. Work with a partner or in a small group. Describe the picture below.

237

Vocabulary List Abnormal Adda ti kakurangan/kuran-kurang Allergies Al-alerdiek Ambulance Ambulansia Arm Takkiag Chest Barukong Chin Timid Are you in pain? Adda kadi marikriknam a sakit? Are you taking any medications? Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray aniaman a ag-agas? Body aches Saksakit ti bagi. Broken bone Natukkol a tulang Bruise Limmitem Call an ambulance! Mangayab ti ambulansia! Congestion Letleten Coughing Aguy-uyek Ear Lapayag Elbow Siko Eye Mata Fingers Ramramay ti ima Foot Saka Feel Rikna Fever Gorigor Flu/Influenza Trangkaso Hand Ima Head Ulo Hip Patong Knee Tumeng Help me! Tulongandak! How do you feel? Kasano kadi ti marikriknam?/Komusta ti rikriknaem? Hurt Nasakit Leg Gorong Mouth Ngiwat Nose Agong Neck Tengnged Medicine Agas Nausea Makasarsarua/maul-ulaw Pain Sakit/ut-ot Pregnant Masikog Shoulder Abaga Toes Ramramay ti saka Waist Siket Sick Sakit Sneezing Agbabaen(g) Sore throat Sakit ti karabukob Stomach Tian

238

Stomach cramps Agkalkalambre a tian Strain Nabannog Swelling Limlimteg Symptoms Sinsintomas What is happening? Ania kadi ti maar-aramid? Where does it hurt? Sadinno kad ti agsaksakit?

239

Answer Key

2. Ears-laplapayag Elbows-siksiko Eyes- matmata Feet-saksaka Hands-im-ima Knees- tomtomeng Shoulders-ab-abaga Arms-taktakiag Legs- gorgorong Hips- patpatong 3. A. matmata B. laplapayag C. gorgorong D. saksaka E. ulo / im-ima / tengnged F. ngiwat 8. 9.

1. B. The young woman is not sick. She is pregnant. 2. A. The little girl has a fever, a sore throat, and body aches, and she is sneezing and coughing.

She has the flu. 3. C. The little boy is nauseous and has a stomach ache.

12. A. – How do you feel? - I don’t feel well. I’m nauseous. B. - How do you feel? - I feel fine, but I’m a little nauseous. C. – How do you feel? -I don’t feel well, but I’m not nauseous. D. I think I broke my leg. Please call an ambulance! E. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance! F. Did he break his leg? I think so. Please call an ambulance!

240

13. 1. C. Where does it hurt? My neck hurts.

Sadinno kadi ti nasakit? Nasakit ti tengngedko. 2. B. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a stomachache

Ania kadi ti sinsintomasmo? Adda ti gorigorko ken sakit ti tian. 3. C. How do you feel? I don’t feel well, but I’m not nauseous.

Ania kadi ti maririknam? Madi unay ti rikriknaek, ngem saanak a makasarsarua. 4. B. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance!

Mabalin a natukkol ti tulangna. Pangnga-asim man ta mangayabka ti ambulansia!

241

Lesson 18 Politika ken iti Mapaspasamak ti Sangalubungan

Political and International Events

This lesson will introduce you to: - The vocabulary associated with politics and international issues - How they are reported in Ilokano news - How to read and understand political events written in Ilokano newspapers.

Culture Notes The Republic of the Philippines has 72 provinces which are divided into municipalities made of barangays (barrios). The central government is led by a president elected every 4 years. The current president of the Philippines (2006) is Gloria Macapagal Arroyo. Congress consists of a 200-seat House of Representatives and a 24-seat Senate. Each province is represented by a governor, a mayor for a city and a barangay captain for a barrio; all elected by the people in each jurisdiction. The Philippines has three branches of government like the US; executive, legislative and judicial branches. There are two main political parties, the nationalist and the liberal. Most government offices are in Quezon City, the former capital named for Manuel Quezon, the first president of the country when it became a U.S. Commonwealth in 1935. The President of the Philippines usually resides at Malacanang Palace until their tenure of office ends. The voting age is 15 for local elections and 18 for national elections. The early 1980s saw a decline of the Philippine economy, mounting political unrest and the growth of a communist insurgency. The mid-1980s was consumed with a political and economic crisis that ultimately led to the dramatic downfall of Ferdinand Marcos in February 1986 and the ascension of Corazon Aquino. When Joseph Estrada was forced out from the presidency, Gloria Arroyo succeeded him. She also won the 2004 election against the famous Filipino actor Fernando Poe Jr. who died of stroke several months after the election. The main issues confronting the present government are still about the poor economy, corruption, the Abu Sahyaff Al Qaedas terrorist organization, the insurgency campaign of the communist New People’s Army and the Moslem secessionists. Filipinos continue to struggle and at the same time optimistically looking forward for always a new future.

242

1. Familiarize yourself with the political terms. Government Gobierno Prime minister Primo ministro President Presidente/Pangulo Leader (ruler) Lider/Mangidadaulo Dictator Diktador Parliament Parliamento Ministry Ministro Election Pinagbubutos/eleksion Official/Officials Opisial/op-opisial Political Party Partido politika Vote Botos Republic Republika State Estado Democracy/democratic Demokrasia/Demokratika Term of office Keddeng ti panagtugaw ti trabaho Policy Paglintegan Human Rights Dagiti kalintegan ti tattao Religious Nainget a panagsurot ti pammati Racial Resial/maipapan ti puli Radical Radikal World Lubong Conflict Suppiat War Gerra/Gubat Invade/invasion Rumaot/panagraot Nuclear bombs/weapons Bomba nga nukliar/ ar-armas/ig-igam

2. Listen to and read the following statements. While reading, note the use of the new vocabulary. The Iraqi leader Iti pangulo ti Iraki The Russian officials Dagiti op-opisial ti Ruso The South African government Iti Gobierno ti Ammianan nga Aprika Religious differences Dagiti naggigidiatan ti pammati Middle East conflict Suppiat ti Makintengnga a Daya The war in Iraq Iti gerra/gubat ti Irak The radical political party Iti politika partido a radikal Islamic fundamentalism Islamik a Pundamentalismo

243

3. Listen to and read the following statements. While reading, note the use of the new vocabulary. The President of the United States is George Bush. Ni George Bush. iti Presidente ti Estados Unidos. Japan and Great Britain have prime ministers. Adda ti primo minministro ti Hapon ken Bretania. This was the first political election in that country. Datoy ti kaunaan nga panagbobotos ti politika data a pagilian/bangsa. Human rights are a very important issue in the world today. Kangrunaan ita unay a banag ti kalintegan ti tattao ti lubong.

Grammar Notes: Because of the long domination of the Spaniards in the Philippines, many traces of Spanish words are found in Ilokano language and in the Tagalog language as well. Examples: Ilokano English Tagalog gobierno government gobyerno presidente president presidente diktador dictator diktador parliamento parliament parliamento ministro minister ministro partido politika political party partido politika demokrasia democracy demokrasya eleksion election eleksiyon opisial official opisyal republika republic republika alkalde mayor alokalde/meyor gobernador governor gobernador 4. Work in small groups. Pretend that you are a crew working for a news program. Come up with a short description of a political event. 5. Work in a small group or with a partner. Go over the information on the political system in the Philippines one more time. Recall the information in the Ilokano Language. Report to your teacher and to the class.

244

International Geography Heograpia ti Sangalubungan

Flag of the Philippines (Bandera ti Filipinas)

Map of the Philippines (Mapa ti Filipinas) 6. Read the following text. Refer to the vocabulary list below to check new words. Answer the questions that follow. Check your work with the answer key. Dagiti pito a ribu ket sangagasot ket pito a is-isla ti Filipinas , mabalin a duapulo ket lima laeng kadagitoy ti addaan ti munisipiona ken sangapulo ket maysa met laeng nga is-isla ti paggigianan iti kaaduan a tattao Ti kadakkelan nga is-isla ket Luzon ken Mindanao. Adda ti 115,830 a kuadrado a milia a masaksakupanna ken kasla laeng kadakkel ti Arizona ditoy Amerika ti Filipinas ngem agwawarada iti mas dakkel a teritorio. Nabingay ti Filipinas ti uppat a kadisu a is-isla: Luzon. Visayas, Mindanao ken Palawan. Adda idiay Luzon ti Manila a siudad a kadakkelan ken kaadduan ti tattao ken kadduan a industria. Iti kangatwan a bantay ket maawawagan a Mt.Apo, nga addaan ti kangatona nga 9,600 a pie ket matantannawaganna ti intero a Davao Gulf idiay Mindanao. Adu ti is-isla nga kabanbantayan isunga adda nasurok a tallopulo ket pito a bolbolkano nga mabalin a aktibo wenno matmaturog pay laeng. Ti naudi a panagbettak ti bolkano nga Mt Pinatubo idi 1991 ket inkalina/natallakubanna ti adu a barbaryo nga asideg sadiay pati ti base ti Clark Air Force. Kanayon met a agbagbagyo ti Filipinas nga isu’t gapu ti kaadu a matmatay a bikbiktima, panagrigrigat ket iti napalalo unay a angin ken layos ti mangdaddael dagiti pagpagay ken mulmula a pagappuan ti taraon ti intero a pagilian.

245

Vocabulary: kangatwan tallest isla island intero entire nawara-wara scattered paggigianan residence nabingay divided nasakupan occupied matantanawagan overlooking mabalin a about/possible panagrigrigat suffering/poverty gapuna/gapu ti result/due/reason taraon food subsistence mulmula plants pagpagay rice plant mangdadael to destroy kabanbantayan mountainous matmaturog sleeping/dormant isunga that’s why inkali/naikali buried natallakuban covered nasurok more than asideg nearby/close to paggappuan derived/coming from

1. Name the 4 big islands in the Philippines 2. What is the tallest mountain in the Philippines? 3. How many volcanoes are either active or dormant? 4. How big is the Philippine archipelago? 5. How do strong frequent typhoons and floods affect the lives of the Filipinos?

7. Listen to the speaker and follow along in your book. Afghanistan/Afghani Apganistan/Apganistani Canada/Canadian Kanada/Kanadian China/Chinese Tsina/Insik Denmark/Danes Denmark/Danes Egypt/Egyptian Ehipto/Ehipsian England/English Ingglatera/Ingles Finland/Finns Pinlan/Pinlandia France/French Pransia/Pranses Germany/German Alemania/Aleman Great Britain/British Bretania/Briton

246

India/Indian India/Indian Indonesia/Indonesian Indonisia/Indones Iran/Iranian Iran/Iranian Iraq/Iraqi Irak/Iraki Ireland/Irish Irlandia/Irisian Israel/Israeli Israel/Israeli Italy/Italian Italya/Italiano/a Japan/Japanese Hapon/Hapones/Haponesa Jordan/Jordanian Hordan/Hordanian Korea/Korean Koria/Koriano/Koriana Kuwait/Kuwaiti Kuwit/Kuwiti Mexico/Mexican Meksiko/Meksikano/na Netherlands/Dutch Nederlan/Dutch Norway/Norwegian Norwey/Norwegian Pakistan/Pakistani Pakistan/Pakistani Philippines/Filipino Filipinas/Filipino/na Russia/Russian Rusya/Ruso Saudi Arabia/Saudi Saudi Arabia/Saudee Scotland/Scot Eskotlan/Skotis South Africa/South African

Aprika nga abagatan/Taga-abagatan a Aprikano/na

Spain/Spanish Espania/Espaniol Greek/Greece Griego/Gresian Syria/Syrian Siria/Siriano Thailand/Thai Tylandia/Tylandian Vietnam/Vietnamese Bietnam/Bietnamis Arab/Arabian Arabi/Arabo North America Ammianan nga Amerika Central America Katengngaan nga Amerika South America Abagatan nga Amerika Western Europe Lauden ti Europeo Central Europe Katengngaan nga Europeo Eastern Europe Dayaen ti Europeo Middle East Katengngaan a Daya Southwest Asia Asya ti abagatan-laod Southeast Asia Asya ti abagatan-daya Africa Aprika Australia Ostralia Eastern Asia Dayaen ti Asya Arctic Artika Antarctic Antartika

247

Grammar Note: There is standard way of word building a country name to nationality; it varies from one country to another and how the country name sounds in Ilokano. Examples:

(1) To form a name of nationality out of the country “Filipinas” change the ‘a’ to ‘o’ at the end of the Ilokano word and drop the ‘s’ to make the word “Filipino”.

(2) Bietnam-Bietnamis- add ‘is ‘ to the Ilokano spelling of the country name. (3) Aprika- Aprikano/na- add ‘no’(male) or ‘na’ (female) at the end of the Ilokano spelling

of the country name. (4) Amerika-Amerikano/na- same as Aprika.

(4) Indones- Indonisian –add ‘ian’ at the end of the Ilokano spelling of the country name. (5) Tylandia-Tylandian-add ‘an’ at the end of the Ilokano spelling of the country name.

8. Listen to and read the dialogues about nationality. Note the ways to determine one’s nationality. Are you from Syria? No, I’m from Egypt. I’m an Egyptian. Taga-Siriaka kadi? Saan, taga-Ehiptoak. Ehipsiannak. Are you American? No, I’m Canadian. Amerikanoka kadi? Saan, Kanadiannak. What are you? I’m Vietnamese. Aniaka kadi? Bietnamisak. Where are you from? I’m from India. I’m Indian. Sadinno kadi ti naggappuam? Naggapuak ti India. Indiannak. Are you Indonesian? Yes, I’m Indonesian. I live in Jakarta. Indonisianka kadi? Wen, Indonisiannak. Agnanaedak idiay

Dyakarta. Are you from Afghanistan? I live in Afghanistan, but I am Pakistani. Naggappuka kadi ti Apganistan? Agnanaedak idiay Apganistan, ngem

Pakistaniak.

9. Working with a partner, complete the dialogues. Check your work with the answer key. 1. - …………………………..? - Wen, Bietnamisak. 2. - ……………………………? - Saan, saanak nga Amerikano. Kanadiannak.

248

3. - …………… or ……………..? - Agnanaedak idiay Pakistan ngem Apganistaniak. 4. - ……………………………..? - Wen, Ir-irakiskami amin.

10. What do you hear? The speaker will read one word from each line of text. Mark the word that you hear. Check your answers with the answer key. 1. Apganistan Pakistan Irania Indian 2. Erlan Tylandia Nederland Ingglatera 3. Bietnam Indonisian Hapon Tsina 4. Saudi Arabia Siria Israeli Hordan 5. Kuwit Irak Ehipto Rusya

249

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Translate the following headlines into English.

1. Olalia, Pangulo Ti KMU, Napatay 2. Panagbisita Ni Arroyo Idiay Hapon

3. Natiliw ti Assistant Ni Abu Sahyaff Idiay Basilan

4. Restauran Bomb , Maysa a Soldado ti US, Napatay, Maysa Ti Nasugatan 5. Napigsa A Bagyo Ken Dakkel A Layos Idiay Probinsia, Quezon

6. Rinaot Ti Philippine Marines Ti Kuartel Ti Kalaban 7. Bimmaknang Babaen Ti Korapsion

2. Read the following news report from the Philippines, then answer the questions that follow. News Report: Napatay itay lawasna ni labor leader Rolando Olalia,singkuenta’y tres anyos,chairman ti Partido ng Bayan (PnB) ken ti militante a Kilusang Mayo Uno( KMU). Nasarakan ti bangkay ni Olalia, mabigbig a suppoter ni Aquino, a natatek ti bala ken nabagbagkong idiay Antipolo, Rizal, idi a trese ti Nobiembre. Pinabasol ti KnB ken KMU ti militar a akinaramid ti krimen. Kuna ti PnB ken KMU, a manipud nabuangay ti PnB tallo a bulanen ti napalabas, napilpiltakenen ti nagan ti partido babaen ti black propaganda nga isaysayangkat dagiti ultra-rightists ken pasista nga idadauluan da Ministro Enrile ken dagiti loyalista ni Marcos. Questions:

1. Who was Rolando Olalia? 2. How old was he when he was killed? 3. How he was killed? 4. What branch of the government was the suspected of the crime? 5. What were the 2 groups of people doing the black propaganda led by Enrile and the

Marcos loyalists?

250

3. Work with a partner or in a small group. From the list of the countries above, choose one and give a briefing on its location and political system. Pretend that you are giving a press-conference. Your classmates will role-play the news reporters by asking you questions.

The following questions may help you in your work:

1. Does this country have a President? Who is a current President? 2. How many political parties are there in this country? 3. Is there a war in this country now? 4. Does this country have a parliament? 5. Is there a democracy in this country? 6. Does this country have a Prime Minister? 7. Is the leader of this country a dictator? 8. Is this country a republic? 9. What is a specific geographical feature of this country?

251

Vocabulary List Conflict Suppiat Democracy/democratic Demokrasia/Demokratika Dictator Diktador Dispute Susik Election Eleksion/Panagbobotos Government Gobierno Human Rights Kalintegan ti Tattao Invade/invasion Raot/Panagraot Leader/ruler Lider/Mangidadaulo/Awtoridad Ministry Ministro Nuclear bombs/weapons Bomba a nukliar/ararmas/ig-igam Official Opisial Parliament Parliamento Policy Paglintegan Political Party Partido Politika President Presidente/Pangulo Prime minister Primo Ministro Racial Risial/Maipapan ti puli Radical Radikal Religious Nainget ti pammati Republic Republika State Estado Term of office Keddeng ti panagtugaw ti trabahoTo kill Pumatay To vote Agbotos/Botosan To invade Ruma-ot War Gerra World Lubong

252

Answer Key 6.

1. Name the 4 big islands in the Philippines 2. What is the tallest mountain in the Philippines? 3. How many volcanoes are either active or dormant? 4. How big is the Philippine archipelago? 5. How do strong frequent typhoons and floods affect the lives of the Filipinos?

1. Luzon, Visayas, Mindanao, and Palawan 2. Mt. Apo 3. 37 volcanoes 4. As big as Arizona in the US or about 300,000 sq. km. 5. They kill people, cause poverty/sufferings, and destroy rice/farm plants.

9. 1. Bietnamiska kadi? Are you a Vietnamese? 2. Amerikanoka kadi? Are you an American? 3. Taga-Pakistan ka kadi? or Agnanaedka kadi idiay Pakistan? Are you from Pakistan? or Do you live in Pakistan? 4. Ir-irakis kadi kayo amin? Are you all Iraqis? 10.

1. Pakistan 2. Ingglatera 3. Hapon 4. Hordan 5. Kuwit

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1.

1. Olalia, President of KMU, Killed 2. Arroyo’s Visit To Japan 3. Abu Sahyaff Right-hand Man Captured in Basilan 4. Restaurant Bomb, One US Soldier Killed, One Injured 5. Strong Storm and Big Flood in Quezon Province 6. Philippine Marines Invaded Enemy Headqurters 7. Became Rich through Corruption

253

2.

1. Olalia was a Chairman of Partido ng Bayan and Militant of Kilusang Mayo Uno. 2. Olalia was killed at 53 years old. 3. Olalia was shot and stabbed. 4. The military was suspected. 5. The two groups are the ultra-rightists (extreme rightists) and the pasista (fascists).

254

Lesson 19 Iti Militaria The Military

This lesson will introduce you to: - Basic military vocabulary - The rank structure of the U.S. Army and Philippines military forces - Names of weapons and army vehicles.

1. What do soldiers do? What do soldiers use? What do soldiers wear? The pictures will help you to guess the meaning of unknown terms.

Naka-uniporme dagitoy a solsoldado. Adda ti botbotas ti saksakada ken helhelmet ti ul-uloda.Salsalakniban ti helhelmet ti ul-uloda kadagiti artileria, amyunision, ken dagiti eks-eksplosibo. Adda iggemda nga ar-armas.

Agpalpaltog datoy a soldado iti riple.

Makitungtong datoy a soldado iti radio kenni

Komanderna.

Addaan datoy a soldado iti panggayang a raket.

255

2. Now listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker. Soldier Soldado Uniform Uniporme Boots Botbotas Helmet Helmet To protect Salakniban Artillery Artileria Ammunition Amyunision Explosives Eks-eksplosibo Weapons Ar-armas Radio Radio Commander Komander To fire Pumaltog/agpaltog Rifle Riple Rocket launcher Panggayang a raket

Grammar Notes: (1) To pluralize a noun , ‘soldado’ (soldier), repeat the first syllable of the noun ‘soldado’ to make it to ‘solsoldado’(soldiers). Other examples are: Singular Forms Plural Forms uniporme uniform un-uniporme uniforms helmet helmet helhelmet helmets artileria artillery ar-artileria artilleries amyunision ammunition am-amyunision ammunitions eksplosibo explosive eks-eksplosibo explosives armas weapon ar-armas weapons radio radio radradio radios komander commander komkomader commanders ripple rifle ripriple rifles raket rocket rakraket rockets paltog gun palpaltog guns igam gun ig-igam guns botas boot botbotas boots ulo head ul-ulo heads saka foot saksaka feet

256

(2) The plural forms of the nouns above are usually followed by a plural article ‘dagiti’ and not ‘ti/iti’. Sentences:

a. Berde dagiti un-uniporme ti solsoldado. (The uniforms of the soldiers are green).

b. Masapultayo nga annadan dagiti ar-artilerya ken eks-eksplosibo. (We must be careful with artilleries and explosives).

c. Dagiti solsoldado ket addaan nga kanayon ti helhelmet ti ul-uloda. (The soldiers always have helmets on their heads).

d. Masapul nga nasalun-at ken natured dagiti komkomander no addada idiay kagerran. (Commanders must be healthy and brave if they are in the battlefield).

Other Vocabulary All amin Talk/talking tungtong/agtungtong Sao/agsao word/to speak Has/have adda/addaan Only laeng Know ammo After malpas Go home agawid Go back home agsubli ti balay Laeng only/just Other side bangir/ballasiw Enter sumrek East daya To wear agkawes/agaramat To fire pumaltog/agpaltog Step out/down the car rummuar ti kotse/bumaba ti kotse Come with me for questioning sumurot kaniak When you pass… no lumabas ka/no labasam…

257

3. Read the statements and match each one with the correct picture. Check your answers with the answer key.

1. 2. 3. A. Sibilian isuna. Awan ti ar-armasna. Adda ti annakna. B. Soldado isuna. Addaan isuna ti armas C. Suksukimaten ti soldado iti sibilian a para kadagiti ar-armas.

*Sukimat/sita-search * sukimaten/sitaen – to search

4. Listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.

1. 2.

3.

HUMMVEE’S dagitoy a luglugan. Panggayang a Mesil nga Adda Kabukbukudanna a Palig-palig

4. 5.

6.

Tangke

Paltog nga Adda Kabukbukudanna a Palig-

palig Armado a lugan

258

5. Now cover the names of the vehicles with a sheet of paper and name them. Repeat Exercise 4 as many times as you need to feel comfortable with the new terms. 1. …………………….. 2. …………………….. 3. …………………….. 4. …………………….. 5. …………………….. 6. ……………………..

6. Listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9

1. Mortar Kanion 2 Rifle Riple 3. Machine gun Masinggan 4. Grenade Granada 5. Mine Mina 6. Pistol Pistola 7 Missile Mesil 8. Weapons Cache Pagidulinan kadagiti Ar-armas

259

7. Look at the pictures in Exercise 6. Cover the Ilokano translations and the English words in Exercise 6. Match each term with the correct picture. Replay the sound as many times as you need. Check your work with the answer key. A. Mina B. Pagidulinan dagiti ar-aramas C. Riple D. Kanion E. Granada F. Pistola G. Masinggan H. Mesil 8. In the following lists of items, three belong to the group, but the fourth does not logically belong. Cross it out. Check your answers with the answer key.

Tangke Granada Trak Humvee Riple Kanion Helmet Masinggan Uniporme Soldado Sibilian Komander Radio Mapa Minaan Armas Helmet Riple Uniporme Botbotas Opisial Soldado Yunit Komander

9. Transcribe the following statements into Ilokano then translate into English. Check your work with the answer key. Sentence 1 Sentence 2 Sentence 3 Sentence 4

260

10. What do you hear? Transcribe the following audio into Ilokano. Check your work with the answer key. Sentence 1 Audio Sentence 2 Audio

11. Listen and repeat the new words after the speaker.

Army base Base ti Armi Minefield Minaan Patrol Patrol Be careful! Agannad ka! Roadblock Nasirraan a kalsada Base Base Curfew Karpio Checkpoint Pagsukimatan a lugar Barracks Kuarkuartel In charge of …Mangidadaulo Identification Identipikasion

12. Fill in the blanks with the correct word from the vocabulary list above. Check your answers with the answer key. A. - Patrol kadi datoy?

- Wen - Sinno ti ____________? - Iti pangulo ti patrol

B. - Adda kadi ti______________?

- Wen, manipud ti alas otso inganna’t alas sais ti bigat. C. - ________________! Adda ti minmina! D. - Masapul nga ipakita dagiti solsoldado ken op-opisial ti identipikasion a tartarhetada idiay________ ken idiay___________ E. - Sinno ti _______________ti kuarkuartel ? - Iti komander ti yunit, a ni Kumander Antonio Garcia, ti mangidadaulo.

261

13. Working with a partner, take turns reading and role-playing the dialogues from Exercise 12. 14. Working in a small group, come up with similar dialogues, and then role-play them. 15. Study the list of U.S. Army ranks. Compare them with the Ilokano military equivalents.

Enlisted Nagpalista Officer Opisial Private Pribado Lieutenant Teniente Corporal Korporal Captain Kapitan Sergeant Sarhento Major Medyor Sergeant Major Sarhento Medyor Lt. Colonel Teniente Koronel Colonel Koronel General Heneral

262

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Work with a partner or in a small group. In Ilokano, come up with a caption for each picture below.

2. a) Translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer key.

A. Ayanna kadi dagiti pagiduldulinan ti ar-armas? B. Asinno kadi ti mangidadaulo datoy a patrol? C. Masapul nga ipakitam ti tarheta nga identipikasion no rumuarka ti pagsukimatan a lugar. D. Masapul a sukimaten amin a sibsibilian. E. Mangrugi ti karpio iti alas nuebe iti rabii Ket a las nuebe kuarenta’y singkon ita. Agsublika idiay balaymo. F. Dagiti solsoldado laeng ti mabalin a sumrek ti base a militaria .

b) Work with a partner or in a small group. Come up with the situation when you can use sentences C, D, E, and F as a reply. Create the first part of the conversation so that you have short dialogues. Role-play them.

263

3. a) Translate the following into Ilokano. Compare your translation against the answer key. A. Please step out of the car. We must search the vehicle for weapons. B. It is after curfew. You must come with me for questioning. C. The weapons cache is on the other side of Checkpoint Delta. D. Be careful. There is a minefield east of the railroad. E. Every soldier needs to have a radio and a map. F. You must know all the checkpoints and roadblocks in this area.

b) Work with a partner or in a small group. Come up with the situation when you can use these sentences as a reply. Create the first part of the conversation so that you have short dialogues. Role-play them.

264

Vocabulary List

Ammunition Amyunision Army base Base ti armi Artillery Artileria Barracks Kuarkuartel Base Base Be careful! Agannadka! Boots Botbotas Checkpoint Pagsukimatan a lugar Civilian Sibilian Commander Komander Curfew Karpio Enemy Kabusor/kalaban Explosive Eksplosibo Grenade Granada Gun Paltog/igam Helmet Helmet In charge (of a patrol, base) Mangidadaulo(iti patrol/ base) Machine gun Masinggan Map Mapa Military Militaria Mine Mina Minefield Minaan Missile Mesil Mortar Kanion Officer Opisial Protection Salaknib Radio Radio Rank Rangko/Ranggo Rifle Riple Roadblock Nasirraan a kalsada Rocket Raket Rocket launcher Panggayang a raket Search Sukimat/Sita Soldier Soldado Tank Tangke Uniform Uniporme Weapons Ar-armas Weapons cache Pagidulinan ti ar-armas/ig-igam Enlisted Nagpalista Private Pribada Corporal Korporal Sergeant Sarhento Sergeant Major Sarhento Medyor

265

Officer Opisial Lieutenant Teniente Captain Kapitan Major Medyor Lt. Colonel Teniente Koronel Colonel Koronel

266

Answer Key 3.

A. Picture 3 B. Picture 2 C. Picture 1

7.

A. Mine- Picture 5 B. Weapons Cache

Picture 9 C. Rifle

Picture 2 D. Mortar

Picture 1 E. Grenade

Picture 4 F. Pistol

Picture 6 G. Machinegun

Picture 3 H. Missile

Picture 7 8.

Tangke Granada Trak Humvee Riple Kanion Helmet Masinggan Uniporme Soldado Sibilian Komander Radio Mapa Minaan Armas Helmet Riple Uniporme Botbotas Opisial Soldado Yunit Komander

Tank Grenade Truck Humvee

Rifle Mortar Helmet Machine gun

Uniform Soldier Civilian Commander

267

Radio Map Minefield Weapon

Helmet Rifle Uniform Boots

Officer Soldier Unit Commander

9. 1. Agar-aramat dagiti solsoldado iti helhelmet a para salaknib ti amyunision. Soldiers wear helmets for protection from ammunition. 2. Agar-aramat dagiti solsoldado iti helhelmet a para salaknib kadagiti eks-eksplosibo ken artileria. Soldiers wear helmets for protection from explosives and artillery. 3. Suksukimatenmi dagiti amin a sibsibilian a para dagiti ar-armas. We are searching all civilians for weapons. 4. Suksukimatenmi dagiti amin a kabusor a solsoldado a para dagiti ar-armas. We are searching all enemy soldiers for weapons.

10. 1. Agar-aramat dagiti solsoldado iti helhelmet a para salaknib ti angin. 2. Suksukimatenmi dagiti amin a kabusor a solsoldado a para dagiti ar-armas.

12. A. In charge - Mangidadaulo B. Curfew- Karpio C. Be Careful! – Angannad ka! D. Checkpoint – Pagsukimatan a lugar and Base - Base E. In charge - Mangidadaulo A. Is this a patrol? Yes. Who is in charge? The patrol leader. B. Is there a curfew? Yes, from 8:00 P.M. to 6:00 A.M. C. Be careful! There are mines! D. All soldiers and officers must show their ID’s at checkpoint and at the army base. E. Who is in charge of the barracks? The unit commander, Antonio Garcia, is in charge.

268

End-of-Lesson Tasks

2. a)

A. Where is the weapon cache? B. Who is in charge of this patrol? C. You must show your ID when you pass the checkpoint. D. All civilians must be searched for weapons. E. Curfew starts at 9:00 p.m. It’s 9:45 now. Go back to your house. F. Only soldiers may enter the military base.

3. a) A. Please step out of the car. We must search the vehicle for weapons. A. Panga-asim man ta bumabaka ti kotse. Masapulmi a sukimaten dagiti ar-armas iti lugan. B. It is after curfew. You must come with me for questioning. B. Napalabasen ti nakeddengan a oras. Masapul nga sumurotka kaniak a para iti pagsaludsod.. C. The weapons cache is on the other side of Checkpoint Delta. C. Dagiti pagiduldulinan ti ar-armas ket adda idiay bangir ti Delta a pagsukimatan a lugar. D. Be careful. There is a minefield east of the railroad. D. Agannadka! Adda ti minaan idiay daya ti pagkrosingan ti tren. E. Every soldier needs to have a radio and a map. E. Masapul nga adda ti radio ken mapa. ti tunggal soldado F. You must know all the checkpoints and roadblocks in this area. F. Masapulmo nga ammuen amin dagiti pagsuksukimatan ken nasirsirraan a kalkalsada idtoy a lugar.

269

Lesson 20 Idiay Ospital

In the Hospital

This lesson will introduce you to: - The vocabulary related to the medical emergency and life-saving measures - The terminology related to internal organs - The ways to ask questions about the vital signs.

Health Notes: Before a person can be operated in the private hospital especially those without health insurance, there is a down payment first before proceeding with any surgical operation. One problem is that very few doctors/physicians have extensive advanced training, unlike in the United States. The U.S. has more advanced equipment and technology to offer than the Philippines. Ambulance service usually is not free. In the rural areas, there is high difficulty of securing an ambulance to go to a hospital. Therefore, most people use their own transportation or rent a jeepney in the neighborhood. It is very important of being able to communicate in Ilokano during emergencies especially in the rural areas. Phrases such as “Masapulko ti tulong unay!” (I need help badly!), “Sumardengka dita!” (Stop there!), “Pumanawkayo a dagus ti balbalayo” (Abandon your house immediately!), etc. will be useful. In Lesson 17, you already learned the names of human body parts, how to ask questions about a person’s state of health, and how to describe health conditions and symptoms of sickness. You also know how to handle the visit to the doctor’s office. In this lesson, you will familiarize yourself with the vocabulary used for life threatening health conditions, such as heart attacks, gunshot wounds, severe bleeding, and head injuries.

270

1. Go over the text with the pictures. Try to understand the meaning of unknown words from the context.

1 2 Adda nadunor a takkiag daytoy a lalaki. Adda ti sugat it takkiagna daytoy a babai.

3 4 Adda nasugatan a gorong daytoy a lalaki. Adda ti dunor ti tengnged daytoy a lalaki. Did you understand the words wound/wounded and injury/injured? They mean are: wound- sugat wounded-nasugat injury-dunor injured-nadunor 2. Look at the pictures in Exercise 1 and match the number of the picture with the correct definition. Check your answers with the answer key. A. Nasugatan a gorong - picture number _____. B. Nadunor a tengnged - picture number _____. C. Nasugatan a takkiag - picture number _____. D. Dunor ti ulo - picture number _____.

271

3. Tell your classmates in Ilokano if you ever had an injury or/and wounds.

4. Listen to and read the dialogue between the doctor and the nurse in the emergency room of a military hospital. Note the use of new vocabulary. Doctor: How does Sergeant Lacson feel? Doktor: Kumusta kadi ti marikrikna ni Sarhento Lacson? Nurse: He feels bad, Doctor Soriano Nars: Madi ti rikriknaenna, Doktor Soriano. Doctor: What is the matter with him? Doktor: Ania kadi ti ma-aramid kaniana? Nurse: His leg hurts. Nars: Agsaksakit ti gorongna. Doctor: Is it injured? Doktor: Nadunor kadi? Nurse: Yes. He has a gunshot wound. He is bleeding. Nars: Wen, addaan isuna ti sugat ti paltog . Agdardara isuna. Doctor: Does he have fever? Doktor: Adda kadi ti gorigorna? Nurse: Yes, he does. Nars: Wen, adda. Doctor: Is he taking any medication? Doktor: Agtomtomar kadi isuna ti uray ania man a ag-agas? Nurse: Yes, antibiotics and painkillers. Nars: Wen, dagiti antibiotika ken pagpatay ti saksakit .

5. Work with a partner. Role-play the dialogue from Exercise 2.

272

6. Match each of the pictures with the corresponding statement. Try to guess the meanings of unknown words from the context. Check your answers with the answer key.

A B C

1. Adda nasugatan a gorong daytoy a soldado. 2. Saan a nagkallugong daytoy a lalaki. Napudot unay ita nga aldaw. Isunga addaan isuna ti atake ti kinalabes a pudot.

3. Adda ti benda ti nasugatan a takkiagna.

Did you understand the meanings of the words in bold? All right! Heat stroke - atake ti kinalabes a pudot dressing - benda/bed-bed * kinalabes or napudot unay (extreme/too much)

7. Listen to the speaker and read alone with your textbook. Use the answer key to check the meanings of unknown words.

Dagitoy ket benbenda ken pagtulong a benbenda. Masapulmo ida a para pagbenda ti iwa wenno sugat. Masapul a maisterilisadoda.

273

8. In order to make someone look like the man in the picture below, what will you need?

9. Familiarize yourself with some new medical terminology. Listen as the speaker recites the names of internal organs. Repeat after the speaker.

1 2 3 4 5

1. heart puso 2. brain utek 3. lung bara 4. kidney bato 5. liver dalem

10. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate name of the organ in Ilokano. Check your answers with the answer key. puso, dalem, bara, batbato, utek A. The human ______is in charge of all body system functions. B. The _________is a very important organ because it helps our body to get rid of fat. C. Exercising is very important for my_________. D. Smoking can cause _______cancer. E. Drinking a lot of water is necessary for the _________________.

274

11. Listen to and read the dialogue between the doctor and a patient in a military hospital emergency room.

Doctor: Hello, Major Lacson.

Halo, Medyor Lacson Major: Good morning, Doctor Galbino.

Naimbag a bigatmo, Doktor Galbino Doctor: What happened to you?

: Ania kadi ti na-laramidmo?

Major: I don’t know. I don’t feel well… I had chest pain, headache, and dizziness. Indiak ammo. Madi ti marikriknak. Adda ti sakit ti barukongko, sakit ti ulo, ken ul-ulaw. *’Madi’ is a short word for’saan a nasayaat’ (not good)

Doctor: For how long did you have your symptoms? Kasano ti kabayagnan dagita sinsintomasmon

Major: For about 2 days. Mabalin a dua nga aldaw.

Doctor: Did you take any medications? Nagtomarkan kadi ti uray aniamaan a ag-agas?

Major: Yes, I took painkillers. Wen, nagtomarak dagiti tabletas a pagpatay ti saksakit.

Doctor: For how long? Kasano ti kabayagna?

Major: For about 2 days… What happened to me, doctor? Mabalin a dua nga aldaw…Ania kadi ti naaramid kaniak, doktor?

Doctor: You know, when you got in the ER, you couldn’t breathe. We had to do CPR. You had abnormal blood pressure. It was 230 over 180. You had a heart attack .What symptoms do you have now.

Ammom, idi immayka ditoy ER, saanka a maka-anges. Masapulmi nga inusar ti.

275

CPR kenka. Saan nga usto ti presion ti daram. Ket 230/180. Adda ti atake ti pusom. Ania dagiti marikriknam a sinsintomas ita ?

Major: I feel weak. Nakapsut ti rikriknak.

Doctor: Are you allergic to any medications? Alerdiekka kadi ti uray aniaman a ag-agas? Major: Yes, I’m allergic to penicillin.

Wen, alerdiekak ti penisilin. Doctor: Do you have any kidney, liver, lung, or brain diseases? Diabetes? Cancer?

Adda kadi uray aniaman a saksakitmo ti bato, dalem, bara, wenno utek? Diabetis? Kanser?

Major: None.

Awan. Doctor: Do you smoke?

Agsigsigarilyoka kadi?

Major: No, I don’t. Saan, saanak.

Doctor: Do any member of your family have heart diseases or had a heart attack? Adda kadi ti uray asinno a miembro ti pamiliam nga addaan ti sasasakit ti puso wenno naataken ti puso?

Major: Yes, my father died three years ago from heart disease.

Wen, ni tatangko ket natay iti atake ti puso tay napalabas a tallo a tawen.

Doctor: So, it’s better for you to still stay in the hospital, to rest for a few days. Isunga nasaysayaat nga agyanka pay laeng ti ospital tapno makainanaka ti sumagmamano nga aldaw.

Major: But I need to get back to my unit!

Ngem masapulko ti agsubli ti yunitko.

Doctor: No, you have to stay in the hospital, to rest, and take aspirin. Saan, masapul nga agyanka ti ospital nga aginana, ken agtomar ti aspirin.

276

12. Listen to and read the dialogue between Doctor Galvino and his colleague, Doctor Ramos. Answer the follow-up questions. Check your answers with the answer key. Doktor Ramos : Ania ti ma-araramid kenni Medyor Lacson? Doktor Galvino : Adda atake ti pusona Doktor Ramos: Ania dagiti sinsintomasnan ita? Doktor Galvino: Awan ti sakit ti barukongna, sakit ti ulo, wenno ul-ulaw. Nakapsut isuna. Doktor Ramos: Presion ti darana? Doktor:Galvino Kalkalainganna ita: 140/80. Doktor Ramos: Alerdiek kadi isuna it uray aniaman a ag-agas? Doktor Galvino: Wen, alerdiek isuna ti penisilin. Nagtomaren ti aspirin ita. Doktor Ramos: Addaan kadi isuna ti diabetis wenno kanser? Agsigsigasrilio kadi isuna? Doktor Galvino: Saan Doktor Ramos: Adda kadi saksakit ti puso wenno atake ti puso iti pamiliana? Doktor Galavino: Wen, natay ni tatangna tay napalabas a tallo tawen gapu ti sakit ti puso. Doktor Ramos: Isunga nasaysayaat pay laeng nga agyan isuna ti ospital iti sumagmamano nga aldaw . Questions: 1. What happened to Major Lacson? 2. What symptoms did Major Lacson have and for how long? 3. How does he feel now? What is his blood pressure? Is that normal or abnormal? 4. Is he allergic to any medications? Does he take any medications now? 5. Does he have liver, kidney, brain, or lung diseases? Diabetes or cancer? 6. Does he smoke?

277

7. Do his family members have heart diseases? 8. Did any family members die from heart diseases? 9. Will Major Lacson stay in the hospital? 13. Work with a partner. Pretend to be Doctor Ramos and Doctor Galvino from Exercise 12. Discuss Major Lacson’s health conditions. Role-play the dialogue from Exercise 12. 14. Match the questions and answers. When you have finished, listen to the answer key and check your answers. A. Ania ti marikriknam? 1. Wen, sugat ti paltog ti takkiagko. B. Ania ti ma-araramid kaniana? 2. Agkakapsutak ken maul-ulaw. C. Ania ti naririknam? 3. Agdardara ti sugatko. D. Adda kaditi marikriknam a sakit? 4. Agsaksakit ti tianko. E. Sadinno ti pagsaksakkitanna? 5. Wen, Adda ti sakit ti barukongko. Indiak

nga maka-anges F. Nadunor ka kadi? 6. Wen, pagpatay ti saksakit. G. Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray ania man nga ag-agas?

7.. Madi unay ti rikriknaek.

15. What do you hear? Transcribe the following sentences into Ilokano. Check your answers with the answer key. Sentence 1 Audio Sentence 2 Audio Sentence 3 Audio

278

End-of-Lesson Tasks 1. Please answer the following questions in Ilokano:

A. What is your normal pulse? B. What is your normal blood pressure? C. Are you allergic to any medications? D. Have you ever had a head injury? E. Have you ever has a heat stroke?

2. Work with a partner or in a small group. Look at the picture and tell in Ilokano what you think had happened with a patient. You might want to mention the following things: Is the patient a man or a woman? What is his/her age? Is he/she a soldier? Is he/she wounded? Is he/she injured? Is he/she in pain? Does he/she have bleeding? Does he/she have a fever? Will he/she need to stay in the hospital? Does he/she have high blood pressure? Does he/she have chest pain? Is he/she having a heart attack? Can he/she breathe? Will he/she need CPR? Is he/she allergic to the medications? Does he/she take any medications?

279

Vocabulary list Abnormal Saan a husto/saan a kagagangay/adda ti kakuranganAspirin Aspirin Bandage Benda/Bed-bed Band-aid Katulong a benda/bed-bed Bleeding Agdardara Brain Utek Breathing Agang-anges Cancer Kanser CPR CPR Cut Iwa/sugat Diabetes Diabetis Dressing Benda/Pagbed-bed ER Bigla a kasapulan/ER Gunshot wound Sugat ti napaltogan Head injury Dunor ti ulo Heart Puso Heart attack Atake ti puso Heart disease Sakit ti puso Heat stroke Sakit ti kinalabes ti pudot High blood pressure Alta presion I am allergic to…/ Alerdiekak ti… Are you allergic to… Alerdiekka kadi ti…. Injured Nasugat Injury Dunor/sugat Kidney Bato Liver Dalem Lungs Barbara Organs Parparti ti uneg ti bagi Painkillers Pagpatay ti saksakit Penicillin Penisilin Pulse Pulso Sterile Isterilisa To die Matay To stay Aggian/agyan Wound/ Wounded Sugat/Nasugatan

280

Answer Key 2. A. Picture number 3 B. Picture number 4 C. Picture number 2 & 1 D. Picture number 1 6.

1. Picture A 2. Picture B 3. Picture C

1. This soldier has an injured leg. 2. This man didn’t wear his hat. It was very hot today. Now he has a heat stroke.

3. This man has a dressing on his wounded arm. 7. These are the bandages and band aids. You need them to make a dressing for a cut or wound. They have to be sterile. 10. A. The human brain (utek) is in charge of all body system functions. B. The liver (dalem) is a very important organ because it helps our body to get rid of fat. C. Exercising is very important for my heart (puso). D. Smoking can cause lung (bara) cancer. E. Drinking a lot of water is necessary for the kidneys (kidkidney/yusyusi). 12. Doctor Ramos: What’s wrong with Major Lacson? Doctor Galvino: He had a heart attack. Doctor Ramos: What symptoms does he have now? Doctor Galvino: He doesn’t have chest pain, headache, or dizziness. He feels weak. Doctor Ramos : Blood pressure? Doctor Galvino: It’s normal now: 140 over 80. Doctor Ramos : Is he allergic to any medications? Doctor Galvino: Yes, he is allergic to penicillin. He took an aspirin now.

281

Doctor Ramos : Does he have diabetes or cancer? Does he smoke? Doctor Galvino: No, he doesn’t. Doctor Ramos : Heart diseases or heart attack in his family? Doctor Galvino: Yes, his father died three years ago from heart disease. Doctor Ramos : Well, I think he has to stay in the hospital for a few days. Answers of the Questions on Exercise 12:

(1) Had a heart attack. (2) Chest pains, headache, and dizziness for two days. (3) Weakness; 140/80; normal (4) Yes, allergic to penicillin; Yes. He took aspirin. (5) No liver, kidney, brain, lung diseases and no diabetes and cancer. (6) No, he doesn’t smoke. (7) Yes (8) Yes

(9) Yes 14. Match the questions and answers. When you have finished, listen to the answer key and check your answers. A. Ania ti marikriknam? 7. Madi unay ti rikriknaek. B. Ania ti ma-araramid kaniana? 3. Agdardara ti sugatko. C. Ania ti naririknam? 2. Agkakapsutak ken maul-ulaw. D. Adda kaditi marikriknam a sakit? 5. Wen, Adda ti sakit ti barukongko. Indiak

nga maka-anges. E. Sadinno ti pagsaksakkitanna? 4. Agsaksakit ti tianko. F. Nadunor ka kadi? 1. Wen, sugat ti paltog ti takkiagko. G. Agtomtomarka kadi ti uray ania man nga ag-agas?

6. Wen, pagpatay ti saksakit.

15. 1. Ania dagiti sinsintomasmo? Adda ti gorigorko ken sakit ti gorongko 2. Ania ti marikriknam? Madi ti marikriknak, Indiak a maka-anges. 3. Adda ti doktor ditoy? Daytoy a lalaki ket kaat-atake laeng ti pusona.